PA 
 
 R58 
 
 1 645 
 ΙΘ35 
 

LESSONS 
 
 IN 
 
 GREEK PARSING; 
 
 OR, OUTLINES 
 OF THE 
 
 GREER GRAMMAR, 
 
 DIVIDED INTO SHORT PORTIONS, AND ILLUSTRATED BY AP- 
 PROPRIATE 
 
 EXERCISES IN PARSING. 
 
 BY CHAUNCEY A. GOODRICH, 
 
 Professor of Rhetoric and Oratory in Yale College. 
 
 SECOND EDITION. 
 
 NEW-HAVEN: 
 PUBLISHED BY DURRIE & PECK. 
 
?^! 
 
 <b 
 
 
 District of Connecticut, ss. 
 
 *£^^ BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the twentieth 
 fig} day of May, in the fifty-third year of the In 
 _J§f dependence of the United States of America, 
 s ^ traFtf|2 ^ Chauncey A. Goodrich, of the said District, 
 hath deposited in this office the title of a Book, the right whereof 
 he claims as Author, in the words following, to wit: 
 
 " Lessons in Greek Parsing ; or Outlines of the Greek Grain- 
 mar, divided into short portions, and illustrated by appropriate 
 Exercises in Parsing. By Chauncey A. Goodrich." 
 
 In conformity to the act of Congress of the United States, en- 
 titled, " An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing 
 the copies of Maps, Charts, and Books, to the authors and pro- 
 prietors of such copies, during the times therein mentioned." 
 And also to the act, entitled, " An act supplementary to an act, 
 entitled, ' An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing 
 the copies of maps, charts, and books, to the authors and pro- 
 prietors of such copies during the times therein mentioned/ 
 and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of designing, en- 
 graving, and etching historical and other prints." 
 CHAS. A. INGERSOLL, 
 
 Clerk of the District of Connecticut, 
 A true copy of record examined by me, 
 Chas.A. Ingersoll, 
 
 Clerk of the District of Connecticut. 
 
ADVERTISEMENT. 
 
 Experience has shown that the grammar of a language 
 can never be fully understood, or deeply impressed on the 
 mind, except in the exercise of parsing. But the books 
 which are commonly used in this exercise, presuppose in the 
 learner, some acquaintance, at least, with every part of the 
 grammar ; and hence a number of months are often devoted 
 to the irksome task of committing to memory numerous 
 paradigms and rules, whose use and application the pupil is 
 entirely unable to comprehend. To obviate the necessity of 
 such a course, is the design of this work. The Greek Gram- 
 mar is divided into short portions, to each of which is at- 
 tached a reading lesson, containing such words only as be- 
 ■katg to that portion, or to others which have been previously 
 ^g^ne over. In the first lesson, for example, the paradigm of 
 the first declension is followed by exercises which contain 
 nouns of that declension alone. The only knowledge pre- 
 supposed on the part of the pupil, is an acquaintance with 
 the pronouns \ySj aiid^', together with the meaning of the 
 words ta-ri and em. Thus much is necessary to constitute a 
 sentence, or a complete enunciation of thought, which is far 
 more interesting to the learner than broken clauses which 
 convey no meaning. In the second lesson the learner is 
 made acquainted with the forms of the second declension ; 
 which are then illustrated, and impressed on the memory, by 
 examples from that declension. With these, however, are 
 intermingled words of the first declension, in order to fix in 
 the memory the knowledge which has been already gained. 
 Thus, in the First Part, the pupil is conducted by short pro- ! 
 gressive steps through the various forms of the noun, pro- 
 noun and adjective, without being embarrassed with the in- 
 tricacies of the Baryton verb. In Part Second, he enters <§n 
 that verb, and is expected to learn a single tense only at a 
 time, and then to impress that tense on his memory by exer- 
 
IV ADVERTISEMENT. 
 
 cises in parsing. Thus he is conducted through the several 
 moods and tenses of the Baryton and Contract verbs, and 
 the verb in μι. At proper intervals the process is inverted, 
 and exercises are given in turning English into Greek. 
 This work contains about the same quantity of Greek in 
 the reading lessons, as the Greek Delectus ; together with a 
 complete outline of the Grammar, and exercises in the 
 making of Greek. Experienced teachers, who have ex- 
 amined the plan, have thought that the whole volume may 
 be studied, and the principles of parsing thoroughly esta- 
 blished, in the time which is ordinarily devoted to that 
 preparatory study of the Grammar, which is of very little 
 use, except as opening the way to the exercise of parsing. 
 
 In entering on the study of this work, the pupil after 
 learning the alphabet, should commit to memory the arti- 
 cle, and the pronouns \yS> and α-ύ. He should then learn 
 the first example under the first declension, and imme- 
 diately begin to parse. In doing this, he should be required 
 to decline every word as it occurs, both in the singular and 
 the plural. Proceeding in this way through each form of 
 the several declensions, he will have committed them per- 
 fectly to memory in the act of parsing. The rules of syn- 
 tax will be already familiar to him, if he has studied Latin. 
 If not, he should not be expected to parse syntactically, 
 but only etymologically. When Part First has been studied 
 in this way, it should be carefully reviewed. 
 
 In entering on Part Second, the subject of augment and 
 conjugation should be thoroughly understood, and the 
 pupil fully practised, in forming the verb, before the para- 
 digm is learnt. Each tense should then be taken up sepa- 
 rately, and impressed upon the memory by the exercise of 
 parsing, as in the preceding part. The rules of formation 
 and augment should be continually kept in view, in the 
 progress of the pupil through Part Second. 
 
 JSfew- Haven, July 20, 1831. 
 

 
 LETTERS. 
 
 
 
 Form. 
 
 Sound. 
 
 Name. 
 
 A 
 
 α 
 
 a 
 
 "Αλφα 
 
 Alpha 
 
 Β 
 
 β> β 
 
 b 
 
 Βήτα 
 
 Beta 
 
 Γ 
 
 y 
 
 g 
 
 Γάμμα 
 
 Gamma 
 
 Δ 
 
 3 
 
 d 
 
 Δέλτα 
 
 Delta 
 
 Ε 
 
 £ 
 
 e short 
 
 'Έψιλόν 
 
 Epsilon 
 
 Ζ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ζ 
 
 Ζήτα 
 
 Zeta 
 
 Η 
 
 η 
 
 e long 
 
 r HTa 
 
 Eta 
 
 Θ 
 
 Μ 
 
 th 
 
 Θητα 
 
 Theta 
 
 Ι 
 
 ι 
 
 i 
 
 Ίωτα 
 
 Iota 
 
 Κ 
 
 κ 
 
 k 
 
 Katftfa 
 
 Kappa 
 
 Α 
 
 λ 
 
 1 
 
 Λάμ§5α 
 
 Lambda 
 
 Μ 
 
 Ρ 
 
 m 
 
 Μυ 
 
 Mu 
 
 Ν 
 
 ν 
 
 n 
 
 Νυ 
 
 Nu 
 
 Η 
 
 ι 
 
 X 
 
 m 
 
 Xi 
 
 
 
 
 
 ο short 
 
 Ό μικρόν 
 
 Omicron 
 
 Π 
 
 cr 
 
 Ρ 
 
 ΠΓ 
 
 Pi 
 
 Ρ 
 
 Ρ 
 
 r 
 
 Τω 
 
 Eho 
 
 Σ 
 
 ',* 
 
 s 
 
 2/^μα 
 
 Sigma 
 
 Τ 
 
 τ 
 
 t 
 
 Ταυ 
 
 Tau 
 
 τ 
 
 υ 
 
 u 
 
 r X ψιλο'ν 
 
 Upsilon 
 
 φ 
 
 Φ 
 
 ph 
 
 ΦΓ 
 
 Phi 
 
 χ 
 
 Χ 
 
 ch 
 
 ΧΓ 
 
 Chi 
 
 Ύ 
 
 Ψ 
 
 ps 
 
 Ύΐ 
 
 Psi 
 
 α 
 
 ω 
 
 ο long 
 
 r £Llxuycc 
 
 Omega 
 
 This character e is called the rough breathing, and 
 has the sound of h; as vKO,hupo. 
 
 This mark ' under a vowel is called the subscript 
 iota ; as in τω, 
 
Μ LETTERS. 
 
 This character 4 (stigma) is used for tfr. The diph- 
 thong uf is pronounced whi, as υ\ος (whios) a son. 
 
 Γ before κ, γ, χ, and ξ, has the sound of ng, as εγγύς, 
 (eng-gus,) near ; λάρι^ξ , (larungx,) the larynx. 
 
 Ν appended, (v s(ps\xv(f τ ixov.) The letter ν is an- 
 nexed to datives plural in (ft, and to all third persons 
 of verbs ending in ε or ι, when the next word begins 
 with a vowel ; as, yovsutfiv αυτών, to their parents ; έ'δωκεν 
 αυ -rofc, he gave to them. So also at the end of a sen- 
 tence. 
 
 CharactePvS. 1. Apostrophe (') cuts off a vowel 
 from the end of a word, when the next word begins 
 with a vowel ; as, air' άρχηέ, for atfo άρχης, from the 
 beginning. 
 
 2. Dieresis (") separates two vowels which would 
 otherwise form a diphthong ; as tfotis (pa-is) for tfoug, 
 a child. 
 
 3. This mark (0 is the note of interrogation in 
 Greek ; as, tfu rfe sT; who art thou? 
 
 EULES OF SYNTAX FIRST USED. 
 
 I. Substantives signifying the same thing agree in 
 case ; as, Παύλος ά#ό<τ<τολο£, Paul an apostle. 
 
 II. An adjective agrees with its substantive in gen- 
 der, number and case ; as, φίλος πκίτος, a faithful friend. 
 
 This rule includes the article, pronouns, and parti- 
 ciples. 
 
 III. A verb agrees with its nominative in number 
 and person ; as, έγύ ε/μ'? I am. But nominatives plu- 
 ral of the neuter gender, have commonly a singular 
 verb ; as, £ωα τρέχει, animals run. . 
 
 IV. Any verb may have the same case after it as 
 before it, when both words refer to the same thing ■ 
 as, syw sifM atfo'tfToXos, I am an apostle. 
 
ARTICLE. PRONOUN. 3 
 
 V. One substantive governs another, signifying a 
 different thing, in the genitive ; as, δ υϊος του Θεού, the 
 Son of God. 
 
 VI. Prepositions govern the genitive, dative and 
 accusative. 
 
 VII. Some Adverbs of time, place, order, exception, 
 and many others, govern the genitive. 
 
 Sing. the. 
 
 N. 0,^ 7), τόΥ 
 
 G. του, της, του 
 D. τφ, rfj, τω, 
 Α. τον, τψ, το, 
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE.* 
 
 Dual. 
 Ν. Α. τω, τά, τώ, 
 
 G. D. τοπ/, ταΓν, τοΓν, 
 
 Plural, the. 
 Ν. oi, α), τά, 
 G. των, των, των, 
 D. τοΐς,ταΐς,'τοις, 
 Α. τους, τας, τά. 
 
 pronouns 'ΕΓΩ and ΣΤ. 
 
 Sing. Dual. Plural. 
 
 Ν. Ιγω, Ι, (Ν. Α. νωϊ, νω, Ν. ^μεΐς, we, 
 
 G. Ιμου, or μου, of me, my G. ήμων, of us,our 
 
 D. £μοί, or μοί, to me, G.D. νοϊν, νων, D. ήμΓν, to us, 
 Α. έμέ, or μέ, me, | Α. ήμα£, us, 
 
 N. (Si, thou, Ν. Α. οψώϊ, οφω, 
 
 G. tfou, of thee, thy, 
 
 D. tfoi, to thee, G.D. ο*φωϊν, <7φων, 
 
 A. <fs, thee ; 
 
 Ν..ΰμε&, ye or you, 
 G. υμών,οί you, your, 
 D. υμΓν, to you, 
 Α. υμάς, you. 
 
 * Let the pupil decline each gender of the article 
 by itself. The feminine η will give (with a slight 
 variation) the termination of the first declension of 
 nouns ; the masculine δ and the neuter το give the ter- 
 minations of the second declension. 
 
4 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 Nouns of the first declension have four terminations, 
 α, η, feminine ; ας, ης, masculine. 
 
 Nouns ending in pa, a pure,^ and α contracted, have 
 the genitive in ας, and the dative in a. 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 
 
 life. 
 
 glory. 
 
 a shadow. 
 
 a steward. 
 
 a Persian. 
 
 N. 
 
 £«"*j 
 
 δόξ-α 
 
 tfxi -ά 
 
 <ταμί-α£ 
 
 Περί-ηί 
 
 G. 
 
 ?ω% 
 
 £ό£-η£ 
 
 ύχι-οίς 
 
 <ταμί-ου 
 
 Πέρ^-ου 
 
 D.t 
 
 ξω -fj 
 
 ίόξ -ij 
 
 tfxi-a 
 
 ταμ.ί-α 
 
 Il^ptf-^ 
 
 A. 
 
 ζω -yv 
 
 ίόξ-αν 
 
 tfxi -άν 
 
 ταμί-αν 
 
 Περσ'-ην 
 
 V. 
 
 1 r«•* 
 
 <$ό|-α 
 
 ] 
 
 (Γκι-ά. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 τα^ί-α 
 
 Περσ'-αί 
 
 N.AV.&>-a 
 
 ίόξ-α 
 
 tfxj -ά 
 
 «ταμί-α 
 
 Πέραμα 
 
 G.D. 
 
 ςω -afv 
 
 δόξ-αιν 
 
 tfxj -αΓν 
 
 ς-αμί-αιν 
 
 Περ^-αιν 
 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 ξω-αί 
 
 δό|-αι 
 
 <ίχι-α.ί 
 
 ταμί-αι 
 
 Περ^-α* 
 
 G. 
 
 ςω-ων 
 
 <5ό|-ων 
 
 ΰχι•ων 
 
 ταμι-ων 
 
 IIipif -ων 
 
 D. 
 
 ζω•αΐς 
 
 <5of-oci^ 
 
 (fxt -αΐς 
 
 ταμ,ί-αις 
 
 Περα'-α^ 
 
 A. 
 
 ςω-ά$ 
 
 iog-as 
 
 (ίχι-ας 
 
 ταμι-α£ 
 
 ΙΙέρ^-ας 
 
 V. 
 
 ζω-αί 
 
 δό|-αι 
 
 όχι-αί 
 
 ταμί-αι 
 
 n^ptf-ou 
 
 * A vowel is called pure, when it is preceded by 
 another vowel with which it does not form a diph- 
 thong ; as the a in φιλία, tfxia. 
 
 t The dative singular is distinguished by having a 
 subscript Iota. 
 
 t The vocative commonly ends in α ; sometimes in *». 
 
LESSON ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Lesson on the First Declension. 
 
 K. 
 
 καί, conj. and. 
 καρ&'-α, ας, f. the heart. 
 κατά, prep, (accus.) by, 
 κραυ^-ή, ης, f. α cr?/, aforaf. 
 
 M. 
 μου, μοί, pron. from. iyu. 
 
 N. 
 Νυν, adv. now. 
 
 O. 
 ο/κί-α, α£, f. a house. 
 ου or ουκ, adv. no, not. 
 
 Π. 
 crap' or tfapa. prep. (G.D.A.) 
 
 tfspi. prep. (G.D.A.) about, 
 
 concerning. 
 ΊΙέοϋ-ης, ου, m. a Persian. 
 #ηγ-η, ης, f. a fountain. 
 tfou, adv, where. 
 προφητ-ης, ου, m. α prophet, 
 «ιτύλ-τ], η£, f. β gate. 
 
 2. 
 otf, tfou, tfoi, see pron. συ\ 
 όχην-η, ης, f. a tent. 
 ίωτηρί-α, α£, f. salvation. 
 
 αϊ, article from δ, ή, το'. 
 άλή#ει-α, α$, f. truth, 
 αντί, prep, (gen.) for. 
 άρχ-ή, Sj$, f. *Ae beginning. 
 
 B. 
 βαοΊλεί-α, ας, f. α kingdom, 
 βουλ-η-ης, f. ot'S, counsel. 
 
 Γ. 
 7^> 7^> f• eor£^, Za^d. 
 
 Δ. 
 iog -α, η$, f. glory. . 
 διχαστής, ου, m. a judge. 
 
 E. 
 εΙρήνη, η$, f. ^?eace. 
 ε /Vi, siViv, are, 3dpers. plur. 
 
 pres. indie, of ε/μί. 
 έμου, pronoun from ε/ώ. see 
 
 pronouns, page 3. 
 h, prep, (dat.) in. 
 εναντίον, adv. (gen.) before. 
 έντο\-η, ης, f. a command, 
 ίντός, adv. within. 
 ίστί, εατίν, 25. 3d pers. sin. 
 pres. indie, of ε/μί. 
 
 Ζ. 
 £ω-η, Sfe, f. Zi/e. 
 
 Η. 
 Ή.η, article from δ, %\, το. 
 Ήλί-α£, ου, m. Elias. 
 ήμε£-α, α$, f. α day. 
 $}μων, gen. pi. from ίγώ. 
 ητ-τα, τη£, f. defeat-. 
 
 Θ. 
 oaXatf-tfa, 0η$, f. a sea. 
 
 τη£, τ??, των, ταί£, see ο, η, το. 
 
 Τ. 
 υμεΐς, υμών, υμίν, see pron. (Si). 
 
 Φ. 
 φων-ή, ης, f. a voice. 
 
 Ψ. 
 ψυχ-ή, 5j$, f. K/e. 
 
LESSON ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 LESSON. 
 
 Terminations in η. 
 
 Ή ζωη μου §<f<riv άντι <της ζωής (fov. 
 
 Παρά tfoi ίΰτι πηγή ζωής. 
 
 e H γη εοΥιν εναντίον ύμων. 
 
 Ή όχψη μου itfri rfctpary ua\a(f(frj. 
 
 Ή εντολή μου ieViv αρχή £ωή£. 
 
 Ή /3ουλή οΌυ stfr/ #ηχή £ωή£. 
 
 'Etfri φωνή κραυγής £ν ταΐς ΰκψαΐς. 
 
 Ή ψύχη μου εατι rfap y ύμων. 
 
 Ή φωνή <της ειρήνης i<frk εν τί) γγ. 
 
 Terminations in a. 
 Που JoViv ή δό£α μου ; 
 'Etfr/'v οικία #αρά όάλαόόαν. 
 Αι Ιντολαί σΌυ ε/ίι αλήθεια. 
 Ουκ IVtiv ειρήνη Jv τ?[ καρδία μου. 
 Ή ΒαοΊλεία μου Ιντδ$ υμών εστίν. 
 Νυν JoViv ημέρα σ'ωτηρία^. 
 Ή αλήθεια αΌ^ατ/ν ε'ν τί) κάρδια μου. 
 
 Terminations in η$ and ας. 
 Ηερι τή$ η<3? η£ των Περσών κατά ^ήν κα? όάλα^αν . 
 Ήλία£ si- φ ; ουκ ειμί. Ό ιΐροφψης εΓ συ ; ου. 
 Οί δικαβΥαί είσΊν iv *ύ\ <χύλτ}. 
 
SECOND DECLENSION. 7 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 The second declension has two terminations ος 
 and ov ; which are lengthened by the Attics into ω£ 
 andwv.^ 
 
 By contraction oo£, oov, and εος, εον, become ους, ouv. 
 
 Nouns in ov, ouv, and ων, are neuter : those in ος, ους, 
 and ως, are generally masculine, sometimes feminine 
 or common. 
 
 .SINGULAR. 
 
 a word, a work, a voyage. a bone. Jesus. 
 
 Ν. Xoy-o£ i'py-ov πΧ-όος, ους^ oVr-sov, ουν^ Ίηα'-ουέ 
 
 G. Xoy -ου spy -ου τΧ-όου, ου oflV -έου, ου" Ίηα'-ου 
 
 D.t Xoy -ω l'py -ω ττλ-όω, ω oaV -εω, ω Ίηα'-ου 
 
 Α. Xoy-ov lpy -ον «rX-o'ov, ouv otfr -εον, ouv ΊηΟ'-ουν 
 
 V. Xoy -ε gpy-ov <x\-qs, ου oVr -ε'ον, ouv Ίη^-ου 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 Ν. A.V. Xoy -ω lpy -ω #Χ-ο'ω, ω oVr -έω, ω 
 G. D. Xoy-oiv lpy -οιν «jrX-oOfv, οΓν ooWoiv, οΓν 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Ν. Xo'y -οι Ipy-o. «7rX-oO/, οΓ .oVr-sa, α 
 
 G. Xo'y -ων i'py -ων «rX -όων, ων oVr -έων 
 
 D. 
 
 Α. 
 
 ν. 
 
 Xo'y-oj^ spy-oi£ <ΐΐ7*-όοις,.οΐς ooWojc, ο?£, 
 Xoy-ous gpy -α tfX-oou£, ou£ oVr -ε'α, α 
 Xoy -οι l'py -α ' tfX -όοι, οΓ oVr -εα, α 
 
 ^ Nouns in ous and ouv, and those of the Attic form 
 feeing less common, no examples of them are given' in 
 the reading lessons, and the latter are omitted above. 
 
 t The dative is distinguished by having the subscript 
 Iota. 
 
I 
 
 8 LESSON ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 '■\ ■ " LESSON. *■' 
 
 '*Ev apxji ?v^ δ Χόγος, και δ λόγος ^Wpo£Tov Θεον, και*Θεο£ , 
 
 Ή φιλία του χο^^ου^εγβρα του Θεού εστίν. 
 
 e O t uVvo^ ε^τ/ν αδελφός του θανάτου. ■ • 
 
 Ή άρεττ) εστί σύμμαχος των έργων έν #ολε'μω. ■ # ., ί 
 
 *0#ου εότιν δ θησαυρός ύμων, εκεΓεστι και ή καρδία υμών; 
 
 Ό οίκος μου, οίκος ΑΤροίευχης £Vtiv. 
 
 Άρχη μεν φιλίας εσ"τ/ν έ^α^νος, ί|%0ρας δε, ψο'χος. 
 
 *0 Θεδς άγάνη εστ/ν. 
 
 *0 πόλεμος ουκ εότιν άνευ κινδύνων. - 
 
 Τα δψώνια της αμαρτίας (ε^τ?) θάνατος. 
 
 Λόχοι ε/σ 1 / τροφή ψυχ^ς. 
 
 Πό0εν (ε/σ7) πόλεμοι κα/ μάχαι εν ΰμΓν ; 
 
 Ουκ εστί μαθητής υ^ερ τον διδάσ'καλον. 
 
 Ό χρο'νος Itfriv οργής φάρμακον. 
 
 Έν ο ιν ω Ιότιν αλητεία. 
 
 Ή^είνά έστι το του δείπνου οψον. '; • Ι "V Ι 
 
 *Η ΑΊγυιϊτος δωρόν έστι του Νείλου. 
 
 Νεανδρος εσ"τ/ κύριος της νήσΌυ. 
 
 Αρχή σοφίας εστ/ φο'βος Κυρίου. 
 
 Ή οδδς «π'ρδς ευδαιμονι'αν Ιστίν άρετη. 
 
 * Third person singular indicative imperfect of ειμί 
 
 
ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 
 
 ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS IN omi-ov." 
 
 «These follow the' first declension of nouns in the 
 feminine, and the second in. the masculine and neuter. 
 
 Sing, (faithful) 
 N. tftfo -ος, ή, DVj 
 G. TiCV-oUj ης, ου 
 D. tfiffr-w, jj y ω 
 A. tfjoV-ov, ψ, o'v 
 V. <πΊ(ϊ<Γ•έ, η, ov 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. A. V 4 tfjaV-w, ά. ώ 
 
 G.-.D tfjtf<r-'d~v ' αΓν, οΓν 
 
 ν 4 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. tfioV-oiVai, ά 
 G. tfitf<r-£3v, ων, ων 
 D. irifa-oTg, oug, oTg 
 A. Kitfr-ovg, ά$± a 
 V. tfiGY-oi, αί, ά. ' !Λ 
 
 Adjectives in o£ pure and po£, have the feminine nra|~- 
 as, αξι -os, α, ov ; μακρ-ό^, ά, όν. To this rule there are a 
 few eic epiiftfls. 
 
 Sing, (worthy.) 
 N. οίξι -og, a, ov, 
 G. άξί-ου, a£, ou 
 D. ά|/-ω, α, ω 
 A. a|»-ov, ay, ov 
 V. αξι -s, a, ov. 
 
 Dual. 
 N. A. V. ofi -ω, α, ω 
 G. D. αξί-οιν, αιν, o»v 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. <χ|ι-οι, αϊ, α 
 G. άξ/-ων, ων, ων 
 D. α|ί-οΐ£, α/£, oig 
 Α. α|ί-ου£, α£, α 
 V. οίξι-οι, αι, α. 
 
 $Wft Some adjectives of this form are contracted; as, 
 Xpv<f-sog,-o\ig, χρυα'-εη,-η, xpuV-sov,-ouv, &c. oterX-oOs, ou£, 
 άττλ-ο'η,-η, άττλ-οΌν-όυν. See second declension, page 7. 
 
 2. Compounds in o£, and many others, have but two 
 terminations ; as, 0, n oAfa/wrog, <ro ά^άνατον. 
 
Λ 
 
 10 LESSON ON ADJECTIVES. 
 
 * LESSON ON ADJECTIVES IN *. 
 
 Άχαρος φίλο£ εστ* πιΰτός εν Χήγω και ερ/ω. 
 
 Ό Κυρίου ίύρν ίν τω νάω άγίω. 
 
 Ό νο'μο£ του Κυρίου (εστίν) άμωμος, η μαρτυρία του Κυρίου 
 
 (Itfri) πιότη, 
 Ό Θεο'ί (έστι) κριτής, ^ίκα*ο^ και iV^upo's. 
 Ό καίρο£ δ ίμος ούπω πάρεότιν'* δ δε καιρός δ υμέτερος πάντοτε 
 
 εστίν έτοιμος. 
 *0 /3ίο£ των' δικαίων εστί μακάριος. ■* 
 Φ0Αο$ εστί λυ^η εν αλλότριοι^ σ.γαύοΐζ. 
 Φίλοι ε ίόϊ ν οι άλη&νο? 0η<Γαυροι εν το% κακο*£. ■' • 
 Τα. ερ/α του Δαιδάλου ε /Vi θαυμαστά. 
 Ό νλουτο£ έστι 0νητο£, η δόξα άόάνατος. 
 Ο ζνγος μου χρηστός (εστί) κα? το φορτίον μου ελαφρόν εστί. 
 Πόα'η εστίν η ώρα ; εστίν ώρα τρίτη της ημέρας. 
 Τα αδύνατα πάρα άν&ρωποις, δυνατά εστί παρά Θεω. 
 'Q νο'μΌί (εστίν) ay ιο^, και η εντολή α/ία, και δικαία. 
 Ό "Κόγος σου αλήθεια εστί. 
 Ή όωτηρία των δικαίων εστί tfapa Κυρίω. 
 Οι οφθαλμοί αΌυ είσί ε^ι του£ #ιστου£ της γης. 
 *•Ή βασιλεία σΌυ Ιότΐβαϋΐλεία αϊωνιος. 
 
 * From #ά f ε ι μ ι , to be present. 
 
PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 
 
 11 
 
 ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS InVvj-o. * V 
 
 Four adjectives, viz. αΧΚος, τοιούτος, τΎ^Κιχϋυτος, and 
 τοιούτος, and four pronouns, viz. ος, αυτός, εχεϊνος and 
 ούτος, have the neuter of the* nominative singular in o. 
 "Αλλο$, another. 
 Dual. ... 
 
 Singular. 
 Ν. αΚΚ-ος, r\, ο 
 G. αλλ-ου, ης, ou 
 D. αλλ-ω, 77, ω 
 Α. αλλ-ον, ην, ο. 
 
 Ν. Α. αλλ-ω, α, ω 
 G. ϋ.αλλ-οιν, αιν, civ 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. αλλ-οι, αϊ, α 
 G. αλλ-ων, ων, ων 
 D. αλλ-ο/£, αΐ£, oig 
 Α. αΧΚ-ους, ας, α. 
 
 So likewise αύτο'ί, he, himself ; εκείνος, that one, he ; ος, 
 who. 
 
 Έμαυτου, of myself; (f εαυτού, of thyself; έαυτου, of 
 himself ; and genitive plural αλλήλων, of one anotner, 
 are declined in the same manner. Εαυτοί; is often con- 
 tracted into αυτού, and όεαυτοΰ into ϋαυτοΰ κ 
 
 Ούτος, this one, is compounded of δ and αυτός, and is 
 thus declined. * . 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Ν. ούτος αυτή τούτο 
 
 G. τούτου ταύτης τούτου 
 
 D. τούτω ταύτΎ) τούτω 
 
 Α. τούτον ταύτην τούτο. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 Ν. Α. τούτω ταύτα τούτω 
 
 G. D. τούτοιν ταύταιν τούτοιν 
 
 PLURAL. 4 * 
 
 χτ r r ~ v 
 
 JN. ουτο» αύται ταύτα 
 
 G. τούτων τούτων τούτων . 
 
 D. τούτοις ταύταις τούτοις 
 
 Α. τούτους ταύτας ταύτα » 
 
 In the same manner are declined, τοιούτος, τηλικουτο^, 
 
 and τοΰοΰτος. 
 
 Ταύτα, in the nominative and accusative plural, must 
 
 be carefully distinguished from ταύτα, the same, which 
 
 is formed by uniting τα and αυτά. 
 
 * 
 
12 LESSON ON ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 
 
 Γ 
 
 LESSON. ON ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS 
 
 IN og-v}-o. 
 
 MsroL τον θάνατον ημών εο*τι tfpo£ ημάς α λ λ ο £ /3ιο$. 
 
 *Ε κ ε Γν ο ^ Ιστι κΚέιΐτης και Χ^τν,ς. 
 
 Αύτοζ χρη0τ0£ Ιατιν sVi άχαρίότου^ και #ονηρου£. 
 
 Μακάριος (sVnv) δ δούλος ε κ ε Γ ν ο £. 
 
 Ή άρε7η καό' ε α υ 7 ή ν £tf7i καλή. 
 
 *Α£ιο£ yap δ ερ^άτη$ του μιΠ^ου α δ γ ο υ ε^τιν. 
 
 Outoj yap εοτιν δ νόμο$ και οι ίΤροφηται. 
 
 Ή /3ααΊλεία ή εμή ουκ sWiv ix του κόσμου τούτου. 
 
 Ο ύ τ ό £ Ιύτιν δ άλη0ινο£ Θεο£ και ή £ωή αιώνιος. 
 
 Αυτή ^ άο^ένεια ο'υκε'σ'τι cfpo^ θάνατον, αλλ' υ#ερ τη$ δό|η£ 
 
 του Θεού. 
 Ή οΌφία του κόσμου τούτου μωρία #αρά τω Θεω sVtiv. 
 Ουκ εοτι μα#ητη£ υ^τερ τον διίάίΓκαλον, ου£ε ν δ δούλος ύνέρ τον 
 
 κυριον αυτού. 
 Έκ των τοιούτων sVtjv ή /3ααΊλ?ία των ουρανών. 
 Πέτρος και οι άλλοι μα^ηται είβΊ tfOv α υ τ ω. 
 "Ιδε άλη0ω£ Ια'ραηλίτη^, Ινώ <$ο'λο£ ουκ εατι. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION, 
 
 The genitive has one syllable more than the nomi- 
 native. 
 The terminations are nine, viz. « ? ι, υ, w ; v, p ? C, f, ψ. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 13 
 
 The pronoun, τ\ς, who, or some one t is varied according 
 to this declension. 
 
 SINGULA^. 
 
 a month. 
 
 hope. a body. 
 
 who? 
 
 Ν. δ, μήν 
 
 ?j, IXtf-fe to, ίωμ-α 
 
 r{£ τί 
 
 G. μην-ός 
 
 έ\πί-δος όωμα-τος 
 
 τίν-ο£ 
 
 D. μην -i 
 
 ί\<τί-δι 0*ώμα-τι 
 
 τί-νι 
 
 Α. μήν-α 
 
 Ιλτί-δα* β'ωμ-α 
 
 TU'Ct, τί 
 
 Υ. μήν 
 
 £\π~ίς (Γωμ-α 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 Ν.Α.ν.μην-ε 
 
 έλ^ί-δε ίώμα-τε 
 
 τίν-ε 
 
 G.D. μην-οΓν 
 
 ελ$π-δοιν (Γωμά-τοιν 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 «π'ν-οιν 
 
 Ν. μην-ε$ 
 
 ε\πί-οες σ'ώμα-τα 
 
 <πν-ε£, τίν-α 
 
 G. μην-ών 
 
 ελτί-δων ο'ωμά-των 
 
 τίν-ων 
 
 D. μησ 1 -/ 
 
 εΧ'ττί-σ'ί (ίώμα-οΊ 
 
 τ ιό -ι 
 
 Α. μψ~ας 
 
 ε\πί-δα.ς β*ώμα-τα 
 
 Τίν-α^,τίν-α. 
 
 V. μην-ε^ 
 
 έλ*π'-£ε£ (Τώμα-τα 
 
 
 χατηξ, μ-ηττ,ξ, γαύτηξ, ύυγά^ρ, and ανήρ, are contracted. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 Ν. <χσ.τ--ηρ 
 
 Ν. Α. V. 
 
 Ν. 
 
 τα,τ-ίζες 
 
 G. iTCW-Sf Q£, £θ£ 
 
 tfaT -έ^ε, £ε 
 
 G. 
 
 πατ-έξων 
 
 D. ιΐατ-έξΐ, ξί 
 
 
 D. 
 
 <XOLT-PO,til 
 
 Α. tfar-sfa 
 
 G. υ. 
 
 Α. 
 
 ποίτ-άξας 
 
 V. χάτ-εξ 
 
 -τατ-ε^βιν, £οΓν 
 
 V. 
 
 πσ.τ-έξες 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 Ν. Άνήρ 
 
 Ν. Α. V. 
 
 Ν. 
 
 άν-ερες, δρες 
 
 G. άν-ε'ρο£, δρό$ 
 
 άν-ε'ρε, δρε 
 
 G. 
 
 άν-ερών, <5ρων 
 
 D. άν-ερι, <5ρί 
 
 
 D. 
 
 άν-δράαΊ 
 
 Α. άν-ε'ρα, δρα 
 
 G. D. ^ 
 
 Α. 
 
 άν-έρ«£, δρας 
 
 V. αν-ερ 
 
 άν-εροΓν, δροΓν 
 
 V. 
 
 άν-έςες 9 δρες 
 
 * Nouns in ις, υς, ανς, and ους, whose genitive is in ος 
 pure, have commonly the accusative singular in v, as N. 
 βότρυς, Α. βοτρυν ; βους, βοζς, A. ^oCv ; ιχύός, Α. /χ<Μν. 
 
•Λ * :, ,/■ . r .. 
 
 14 LESSON ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 LESSON ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 *0-•μ ή ν ouro£ Ιατιν αρχή μ. η ν ω ν. 
 
 *0 Κύξιος εότιν τ} ε λ it ί ς μου, &fe τον α J ω ν α. 1 
 
 Κα/ η χ ε Γ ρ του Θεού έστιν gV' αυτοΐ£. 
 
 Ό ^povog" αυτού (εατι) φ λ ο ξ πυρός. 2 
 
 Το ίΰμα υμών Itfri ναός του ά^ίου πνεύματος. 3 
 
 Ουκ sWi Προφήτης άτιμος, si μή εν τί) tf α τ pj. δ ι 4 αυτού. - 
 
 Ό δειλός, της tf α τ ρ ί δ ο £* Προδότης £στί. 
 
 Οι δε y ί γ α ν τ ε ς 5 η(ίαν (t^e)gji' *Μ£ yps? ξ¥. τα ^ ήμεραΓ^ 
 
 ίκείναις. 
 Ό άνήρ JCti κεφαλή της γυναικός. 6 * 
 
 Ή £Vi0BpY& της Σαρκός, και η έν^υμία των ο'φ^αλμων, και, 
 
 η αλαζονεία του /3*ου ουκ εοΥιν §χ του ιατρός, 7 αλλ' £χ 
 
 του κόσμου, ευτιν. 
 Τ ί ν ο ^ (iuT/v) ή ε ί κ ώ ν άυτη και ή ίπιγραφη \ 
 Τίς JaViv η μ ή τ η ρ μου, και 1 τ ί ν ε ς sitf/v ο; αδελφοί μου ; 
 Άχαρων ο) 0εο/ δ ο τη ρ έ ζ* εϊΰ'ι. 
 Τ ίς όεος idn #λήν του Κυρίου. ν *,ν 
 
 Το γαρ φρόνημα του σ* α £ κ ο ς (ίότι) θάνατος : το δο φ ξ ο'- 
 
 ν η μ α του πνεύματος (sVt/) ζωή και s /ρήνη. 
 'Εν χ ε ι ρ ι Κυρίου £&τι εξουσία της γης. 
 Ή δε τροφή αυτού ην (ι^α^) ακρίδες 3 χαι με'λι άγξιον. 
 *Ην (^as) εκεΓ άν$ρω<?τος, κα; ή χ ε ι ν ρ αυτού η δεξιά ήν ξηρά. 
 Και # ο ι μ ε' ν ε ς 10 ηίαν (were) εν τ?) χώρα τ^ aiJrjj tfuv ^ojs 
 
 #ρο§άτοις αυτών. 
 φ . 
 
 (1) From αιών. (2) κυρ. (3) «ττνευμα. (4) πατρίς. 
 (δ) γίγας. (6) γυνή. (7) κατηρ. (8) δοτή*. (9) 
 άκρίς» (10) ίΤοιμήν, 
 
ATTIC GENITIVE. CONTRACTS. 
 
 15 
 
 ATTIC GENITIVE. 
 
 Many nouns in ις, ι, υς, ευς, have the genitive in εως, 
 and the nominative plural in εις, after the Attic Dialect. 
 
 Sing 
 N. xp'«f-ig (atrial.) 
 G. χρ\<ι-εως 
 D. χριό-ει 
 Α. κ^ί<Τ-ίν 
 V. xpiti-i 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Ν. βααϊΚ-εύς (a king.) 
 G. βα€\\4ως 
 D. βα<?ι\-εΐ 
 Α. βα<ϊΐΚ-έα 
 V. jSatfiX-su 
 
 Dual. 
 N. A. V. 
 
 xpitf-ss 
 
 G. D. 
 
 .pKf-SGJV 
 
 Dual. 
 N. A. V. 
 
 βαϋ\Κ-εε 
 
 G. D. 
 
 βα,ϋΐΚ-εοιν 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. Xpitf-Sl£ 
 
 G. xpid -έων 
 D. xpirf-stfi 
 A. xpitf-ti^ 
 V. κρ/σ'-Η/ί 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. βαόιλ-εΐς 
 G. βαόϊΚ-έων 
 D. βαϋι\-εΰ<ίι 
 Α. βαΰι\-έας or s% 
 V. βσ^ίΚ-εΤς 
 
 CONTRACTS. 
 
 Some nouns of the third declension are contracted. 
 Those in o£ are neuter ; those in ν\ς feminine, except 
 names of men. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 τριηρ-ης (a galley). 
 
 Ν. Α. V. 
 
 Ν. τρίήρ-5ε^ Sig- 
 
 G. 
 
 τριηρ-εος, ους 
 
 ς-ρίήρ -SS, η 
 
 G. τριηρ-εων, ων 
 
 D. 
 
 <τριηρ-έί, ει 
 
 
 D. τριήρ -stTi 
 
 A. 
 
 «rpr/jp-sa, η 
 
 G. D. 
 
 Α. τριηρ-εας, εις 
 
 V. 
 
 τριήρη 
 
 τρ/ηρ -soiv, οΓν 
 
 V. τριηρ-εες, εις 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 *ε*χ-ο£ (a wall.) 
 
 Ν. Α. Υ. 
 
 Ν. ?είγ~εα, η 
 
 G. 
 
 τειχ-εος, ους 
 
 «ίχ-εε, η 
 
 G. τειχ-έων, ων 
 
 D. 
 
 τείχ -si, ει 
 
 
 D. τεϊχ-εϋι 
 
 A. 
 
 τεΐχ-ος 
 
 G. D. 
 
 Α. τείγ-εα, η 
 
 V. 
 
 πϊχ-ος j 
 
 9$ιχ-έοιν, οΓν 
 
 V. «τε/χ-εα, 7j 
 
 The contractions in ω£ and ω, and those in ct£ being of 
 Tare occurrence, are here omitted. 
 
16 ATTIC GENITIVE AND CONTRACTS. 
 
 LESSON ON THE ATTIC GENITIVE AND 
 CONTRACTS. 
 
 Νυν κ ρ ί <f ι ς εότι του κόσμου τούτου. 
 
 Ό ΰάνατός Ϊ4τ\ δ ι ά λ υ ύ ι ς της ψυχη^ και του ΰωματος. 1 
 
 Ή φ υ ίΤ ι c: άνευ μαύήα'εως 2 JflVi τυφλον (χρήμα.) 
 
 Ή * / tf τ ι ς χωρίς epycjv νεκρά εοτιν. 
 
 05 yap ουκ sWi νο'μο£, ούόε τ( α ρ α β α 6 Ί ς (ε^τιν.) 
 
 'Ο αήρ IdViv uypo£ κα? 0ερμο£ κατά την εαυτού φ υ 4 \ ν. 
 
 Διαφο^οί ε/σ 1 ! φύγεις βροτων. 
 
 Ύΐς εοτιν ούτος οβαϋιΧεύς της δόξης ; 
 
 Κα0ώ£ δ λαο£ sVtiv ? ούτως δ ιερεύς (εοτιν.) 
 
 e O δε μα$ητη£ εκείνος ην yvwoVos τω ά ρ χ ι ε ρ ε Γ. 4 
 
 CONTRACTS. 
 
 Ύΐς ούτος ί(5τ\ ; Σωκράτης, ο Ά0ηναΓο£. 
 
 Ή Μανοάνη, ' A d τ υ ά y ο υ ς 5 ην (was) duya^p. 
 
 'Htfav ^ere wgre «7Τε'ντε τ ρ ί η ρ ε ι £ εν τ^ λιμάνι hsivrj. 
 
 Και το ύδωρ ήν τ ε Γ χ ο £ Ικ δε|ιων και τ ε Γχ ο £ εξ ευωνύμων. 
 
 Τούτο εότι ο κ ο τ ο ς και ου φως. 
 
 t O οιχος του Θεού (έοτι) L• άκρου των ο' ρ ε ω ν. 6 
 
 Αυτή υμών εοΥιν η ώρα κα; ή εξουσία του ό κ 6 τ ο υ ς. Ί 
 
 Έλ«7Τί£ κάκου κ ε ρ δ ο υ £ εατ/ν αρχή ζημίας. 
 
 Π λ ή # ο£ δε οΌφων (sari) Σωτηρία κόσμου. 
 
 Ή «ττ^ή εοτιν εν τύΌλύμ^ω ο ρ ει. 
 
 Ή χτη4 \ ς των φίλων εοτιν ουδαμώς σ!υν βία, αλλά μάλλον 
 
 tfuv ευεργεσία. 
 Τουτό εοτιν όνειδος ά#άνατον. 
 "Ίΰγύς κσΑ τεΐγος και οτλον σΌφου ίόπ φρονηοΊ^. 
 
 (Ι) σ'ωμα. (2) μαύηΰις. (4) άρχ»ερ?ύ^ 
 
 (5) 'AflVuayTjs. (6) ορο£. (7) ΰχότος. 
 
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 17 
 
 Adjectives of three endings in the third Declension. 
 In the feminine these follow the first decleDsion. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 M ~ F f - N • 
 Ν. εις μία εν (one.) 
 
 G. hog μιοίς ενός 
 
 D. ενί μια ενί 
 
 Α* ένα μίαν εν. 
 
 Sing. (an.) 
 
 Ν. tf-ofe, atfa, αν 
 
 G. παντός, άΰης, αντος 
 
 D. tf -αντί, atiyij αντί 
 
 Α. tf -άντα, atfav, αν 
 
 V. tf-a£, atfa, αν 
 
 Sing. 
 Μ. F. Ν. 
 
 Ν. ουδείς ουδεμία ουδέν (no one.) 
 G. ουδέν ός ουδεμίας ουδενο'^ 
 D. ούδενί ουδεμία ου δεν ί 
 Α. ούδένα ουδεμία^ ουδε'ν. 
 Dual. Plural. 
 
 Sing, (short.) 
 Ν. βραχ-ύς, 'εΓα -ύ 
 G. βραχ-εος, είας -έος 
 D. /3ραχ-εϊ-εί,εία -εϊ-εί 
 Α. βραχ-ύν, εΓαν -υ 
 V. /3ραχ-ύ εΓα -υ 
 
 Ν. Α. V. 
 <7Τ-άντε } atfa, 
 άντε 
 G. D. 
 
 tf-avToiVjatf- 1 
 αιν, άντοίν. 
 Dual. 
 
 Ν. Α. ν. : 
 
 #ραχ-εε 
 
 -ε ία -ε'ε 
 
 G. D. 
 
 ιδραχ-έΌίν 
 
 -είαιν -εοίν 
 
 Others of this form being less common, are here omit- 
 ted. Μηδεί^ is declined like ουδείς. 
 
 Πολύ$ and μέγας borrow the feminine and the plural 
 from the obsolete χοΚΚός and μεγάλος. 
 
 Sing, (much.) Dual. Plural. 
 
 N. rf -άντες, οίόαι, άντα 
 G. «ττ-άντων, atfwv, άντων 
 D. tf-atfi, atfaiSjaffi 
 A. #-άντα£, άόας, άντα 
 V. cr -άντε^, atfai, άντα, 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. βραγ-εες-εϊς, εΐαι -ία. 
 G. βραχ-εων, ε»ων -ε'ων 
 D. βραχ-έοΊ, είαΐ£-ε'αΊ 
 Α. βραχ-εας-ε7ς,είας -ία 
 V. βρα-χ-έες-εΐς, εΐαι -εα. 
 
 Ν. ^ολ-ύ$ -λή -υ 
 G. #ολλ-ου •% -ου 
 D. *Όλλ-φ -fj -ω 
 Α. #ολ-ύν -λήν -ύ 
 V. #ολ-ύ -λή -υ 
 
 Sing, (great.) 
 Ν. μεγ-ας -άλη -α 
 G. με^άλ-ου -ης -ου 
 D. μεγάΧ-ω -ύ\ -ω 
 Α. μέ^-αν -άλη ν -α 
 V. μέ/-α -άλη -α 
 
 Ν. Α. V. 
 
 «πΌλλ-ώ -ά -ω 
 
 G. D. 
 
 ττΌλλ-οΓν -αΓν 
 
 -οίν 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Ν. Α. V. 
 
 με/άλ -go -α -ω 
 
 G. D. 
 
 μεγαΚ -οιν -αιν 
 
 -οιν 
 
 Ν. «πΌλλ-οί -αί -ά 
 G. <7Τολλ*•ων -ων -ων 
 D. «πΌλλ-οΓς -αΐς -οΐς 
 Α «ττολλ-ούς-άς -ά 
 V ίΤολλ-οί -αί -ά 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. μεγαΚ-οι -α* -α 
 G με^άλ-ων -ων -ω» 
 D με^/άλ-οΐί -αις -ο£ 
 Α. με^άλ-ους -ας -α 
 V. μεχάλ -oj -αι -α. 
 
18 LESSON ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Lesson on Adjectives of three endings in the third declension, 
 
 Ε Τς i<f<ri Θεο?, χαι ουκ sVtiv άλλο? #λήν αυτού. 
 
 Ουδείς (εστ/ν) aya0o?, si μη s Ι ς, b θεό?. 
 
 Κα/ ουκ gtfnv εν αλλω ο u δ ε ν / ή Σωτηρία. 
 
 Ό Θεο^ φω? εα'τι, xal ύχοτία εν άΰτ£1 ουκ sVtiv ουδεμία* 
 
 Πα? άγαύός εΰτι μακάριο?, κα/ # α ? κακό? άύλιο?. 
 
 Π ά ν δε ν ουκ εκ «ττίονεω?, αμαρτία εστίν. 
 
 Α/ δδο/ αυτή? (ε /Vi) δδο/ ν καλά/, κα/ cr a a* a ι ai τρίβοι αυτή? 
 
 έ*ν είρψγι. 
 Κα/ δ φο'/3ο? υμών έστ/ν sV; # a tfi το/? $ηρίοι? τη? y5j?, και 
 
 ε tf / rf άν τ α τα «^έτεινα του ουρανού, και επί π ά ν τ α ς 
 
 του? ιγόύας 1 τη? ύοίλάόΰης. 
 Βραχύ? (εστ/ν) δ /3ίο?, τ; δε τέχνη μακρά. 
 Ή καρδία tfou ουκ sVtjv ε ΰ 5 ε Γα 3 ενώπιον του 0soO\ 
 ΑΙ εντολα/ αυτού β α ρ εΐαι 5 ουκ ε /V/'v. 
 Δίκαιο'? JcTti δ Κυρίο?, κα/ ε υ ε Γ? 2 α! κρί^ε/? αυτοΰ. 
 Β ρ α χ ε Γα 3 (εστί) τε'ρψι? ηδονή? κακή?. 
 Καί ή 7η .(^ τι ) ^^ατδ Γα 4 εναντίον υμών. 
 Β α ρ ε Γά 5 (sVtiv) ή δουΧεία επί τον λαον τούτον. 
 Έν Tji ο/κία του Πατρο'? μου μονά/ # ο λ λ α ί ε /V/v. 
 Ή <ο'λι? (εστί) * λ α τ ε Γα 4 κα/ μεγάλη, και' δ λαδ$ 
 ! ολίχο? εν auViJ. 
 
 E/tf/v ε'0νη «Ό λ λ ά κα/ /3ααΊλεΓ? μ ε y ά λ ο ί εν τ?ϊ yy}. 
 Το ελεό? σΌυ (sVt/) μ ε y α sV έμέ. 
 'Ρί£α yap πάντων των κακών ε στ/ν η 9/Xapyup/a. 
 Πάντων τε'λο? (sVtj) δ θάνατο?. 
 
 (1) ιχύύς. (2) ε&Αύς. (3) βραχύ?. (4) *λατ^ 
 (5) βαρύς. 
 
TERMINATIONS OF PARTICIPLES. 
 
 19 
 
 Terminations of Participles. 
 
 Pres. 1st Future, and 2d 
 Aorist Active. 
 
 Sing. 
 N. <ruV7-wv, ouCa, ov 
 G. ruV7-ov7off, ouVrjff, ov7off 
 D. tuV7-ov7j, OU'tfTJ, ov7i 
 Α. ί Γϋ ! 7τ7-ον7α," outfav, ov 
 V. <tuV7-'juv, outfa, ov. 
 
 Dual. 
 N. A. V. Twr7-ov76j outfa, ον7ε 
 G. D. <τυ•τ7-ον•7οιν, outfaiv, oV7oiv 
 
 Plural. 
 N. ruffl-cvrsff, outfai, ov7a 
 G. 9w7-ov7ojv, guoOjv, όν7ων 
 D. rftrt-oiHft, ouVaiff, ουσΊ 
 A. rutff-wfag, outfa§, &v7a 
 V. *w7-ov7s£, outfai, ov7a. 
 
 Perfect Active and Middle. 
 
 Sing. 
 Ν. τδτυφ-ώ^, ι>Γα, off 
 G. τε*•υφ-ό7ο£, uictff, οίος 
 D. «τετυφ-οΐι, υ/α, 67/ 
 Α. <τετυφ-ό7α, υΓαν, off 
 V. τετυφ-ώς, υΐα, off. 
 
 Dual. 
 Ν. Α. V. τετυφ-οίε, υ ία, ό7ε 
 G. D. < τδτυφ-ό7οιν, υίαιν, οίοιν. 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. τετυφ-ό7ε£, υΓαι, ό7α 
 G. τετυφ-όΊων, υΓων, ό7ων 
 D. τετυφ -oVi, uiaiff, id ι 
 Α. < rsru9-o7aff, uiaff, ό7α 
 V. τετνφ-οΐες, υΓαι, ό7α. 
 
 2d Future Active. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Ν. rutf-wv, outfa, οϋν 
 G. ru<nr-ouv7off, £<fyff, ouv7off 
 D. *w-ouv7i, xtfTj, oiJv7< 
 A. rutf-oOVIa, outfav, ouv 
 V. τυ-τ-ων, oOVa, ouv. 
 
 Dual. 
 N. A. V. «rutf-oui^c, ouVa, ouvTe 
 G. D. rutf-ouv7oiv,ojVaiv 5 ouV7oiv 
 
 Plural. 
 N. 9W-ouv7sff 3 outfaf, ouV7a 
 G. TUtf-ouv7c*JV, ouCaiv, ouv7ojv 
 D. rutf-outf/, οόόως, outfi 
 A. ίΤΜΤ-ουν7α£ 3 ouVaff, ouv7a 
 V. 7 , j < 7T-ouv7sff, outfai, ouv7a. 
 
 1st and 2d Aorist Pass, and 
 2d Conj. of Verbs in fw. 
 
 Sing. t 
 N. τοφύ-είς, sltfa, εν 
 G. Tu^i)-sv7off, είσ^, sVoff 
 D. τυφ0-ε'ν7ι, εία^, έν7ι 
 Α. <τυφ^-εν7α, siVav, ε'ν 
 V. τνφό-είς, εία'α, εν. 
 
 Dual. 
 Ν. Α. Υ. τυφ^-εν7ε, g/tfa, εν7ε 
 G. D. τυφό-εν7ο«ν, εί^α^ν, εν7»ν 
 
 Phiral. 
 Ν. τυφ0-έν7ε£, εΓα'αι, ε'ν7οο 
 G. τυφ0-ε'ν7ων, είσ'ων, ε'ν7ων 
 Ό. τυφό-εΓοΊ, εΓ<7αΐ£, εΓαΊ 
 Α. TU9^-sv7aff, SiVaff, ε'ν7α 
 Υ. τυφ^-εν7δ^, εΓ^αί, Μα. 
 
20 
 
 TERMINATIONS OF PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Participle present of Verbs in μι. 
 
 Sing. 
 Ν. διδ-ούς, ovtfcx,, ov 
 G. διδ-όνΊος, ού^ης, ονΊος 
 D. δ',δ-όνΊι, ούύγι, όν7ι 
 Α. &£-όν7α, outfav, όν 
 V. διδ-ούς, outfa, όν. 
 
 Dual. 
 Ν. Α. V. διδ-όνΊε, ouaOc, όν7ε 
 G. D. διδ-όνΊοιν, outfatv, ov7ojv. 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. διδ -ovlsg, οΰόαι, όν7α 
 G. <5ι5-όν7ων, outfwv, όν7ων 
 D. 5ιδ-ουθΊ, outfai^, ovrft 
 A. &5-όν7α£, outfas, ov7a 
 V. δώ-όνΊζς, outfa», ov7a. 
 
 Sing. ^ 
 N. ^βυχν -fe, Stfa, ύν 
 G. ζζυγν-ύνΊος, νόης, ύνΊος 
 D. ζΒυγν-ύνΊι, ύόγι, υν7ι 
 Α. £suyv-uv7a, utfotv, υν 
 V. £suyv-u£, Stfa, ύν. 
 
 Dual. 
 Ν. Α. V. ζευγν-ύνΊε, ύόα, ύνΊε 
 G. D. ^5uyv-uv7oiv,utfaiv,uv7oiv. 
 
 Plural. 
 Ν. ζβνγν-ύνΊος, υ αΌα, ύν7α 
 G. ξευχν-υν7ων, utfwv, ύν7ων 
 D. £ευχν-ύοΊ, ύ#αΐ£, υαΊ 
 Α. ζευγν-ύνΊας, ύΰας, ύν7α 
 V. ζϊυγν-ύνΊζς, utfai, ύν7α. 
 
 Perfect Middle Ionic. 
 
 ~ Sing % 
 Ν. itf<r-cj£, GJtfa, w£ 
 
 G. §0V-w<ro£, ώοΊ^, ωτο$ 
 
 Α. έσν-ώτα, ωαΌον, w b 
 V. εΌν-ω£, ω (fa, ως. 
 
 Dual. 
 Ν. Α. V. Itfr -ωτε, ojtfa, ώτε 
 G. D. εότ-ωτοιν, wtfaiv, ώτοιν. 
 These Participles should 
 until the pupil has need of 
 pies in Part Second. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. stfr -ωτζς, wtfai, ωτα 
 G. sa'r-wrojv, wtfwv, ώτων 
 D. Ισ'τ-ωσ'ι, ωόαις, δΛ 
 Α. ε<ϊτ-ωτας, ωΰας, ωτα 
 Υ. εότ-ωτες, wtfai, wra. 
 
 . not be committed to memory, 
 them in the lesson on partici- 
 
AJECTIVE3 OF TWO ENDINGS. 
 
 21 
 
 Adjectives of two endings in the third Declension. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 M. &F• N. M. &F. N. 
 
 
 N. rpsfc, τρία (three.) 
 
 Ν. Tsdciapsg, Tstftfccpct 
 
 (four.) 
 
 G. τριών 
 
 G. τεσσάρων 
 
 
 D. rpirfi 
 
 D. Tstftfaptfi 
 
 
 A. rpsTg, τρία. 
 
 A. τέΰόαρας, TUtidapa. 
 
 
 Sing. Dual. Plural. 
 
 
 M. & F. N. 1 
 
 VI. F. & N. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 Ν. 
 
 Ν. άληβ — %, 4 (true.) 
 
 N. A. V. . 
 
 >T. akrf-ssg-stg, 
 
 εα-η 
 
 G. άλη$ — ύος, ους c 
 
 ik^o-is, η 
 
 G. ώλη0-εων 
 
 ων 
 
 D. άΧ-ηό — si, εΐ 
 
 
 D. aXrfi — idi 
 
 
 Α. άλη0 — έα-η, ύζ 
 
 G. D. 
 
 A. akyu-eag-sTg, 
 
 ε'α-η 
 
 V. a\r\usg. ί 
 
 *λη0-έοιν,οΓν 
 
 V. άλη^-άϊς-εΐς, 
 
 εα-ί 
 
 Sing. Dual. Plural. 
 
 
 Μ. & F. Ν. 
 
 M.F.&N 
 
 ι Μ. & F. 
 
 Ν. 
 
 Ν. αφ ρ — ων, ον (foolish.) 
 
 w N. A. V. 
 
 Ν. αφρ-ον$£, 
 
 ονα 
 
 G. αφρ — ovos 
 
 αφρ — ονε 
 
 G. άφρ-όνων 
 
 
 D. αφρ — ονι 
 
 
 D. αφρ-οοΊ 
 
 
 Α. αφρ — ονα, ον 
 
 G. D. 
 
 Α. αφρ-ονα^, 
 
 ονα 
 
 V. αφρ — ον 
 
 άφρ-ο'νοιν 
 
 V. αφρ-ονε^, 
 
 ονα 
 
 Comparatives in ων are declined like άφρων, except 
 that in some instances the terminations in ova are con- 
 tracted into ω ; as, μεί£ω for μείζονα and those in ονε^ηά 
 ovas into ους ; as, μεί£ου£ for με^ονε^. 
 
 The remaining adjectives of this form being less com- 
 mon, are here omitted. 
 
22 LESSON ON ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS. 
 
 Lesson on Adjectives of two endings in the third Declen- 
 sion. 
 
 r 
 
 Έν εκείνη Tjj χωρά. siV/ πόΧεις τ ε (f <f α ρ ε ς. 
 
 e H κρίοΊ^ η έμή ά λ η ύ 7) ς itfri. 
 
 Ή λίμνη ίύτι μεγάλη, κα< βαόεΐα,, και <κ λ ή ρ η ς ιχΰνων. 
 
 Ουτο£ αληθής εατι, και αδικία £ν αυτί) ουκ stfriv. 
 
 Δό^α και Ήλοΰτος άνευ ο^υν^εω^ 1 ουκ ε/σ*/ ά tf φ α λ 5j 2 ' κτήμα- 
 τα. 3 
 
 Αι οδοί των ά ο* ε /3 ω ν 4 είοΊ (ίκοτειναί. 
 
 Δυο άν0ρώ<7των ή μαρτυρία ά λ η ή £ sVtjv. 
 
 Ουτο£ δ λαο£ ant ει ύ 7} ς Ι&τι, . '^ 
 
 Όδος εΰσ'εβουί 5 ευ^εΓά έΌνιν. 
 
 Αυτή ην tf λ ή ρ η g ayadwv ερχων. 
 
 Ύίο£ άφρων (sVtj) λύ<7Τη «rf? μητρί. 
 
 Ή καρδία αφρόνων εον/ εν ο/κίω ευφροο'ύνη^. 
 
 *Η Σικελία (εο^τι) νηαΌ$ ευδαίμων. 
 
 Αί #όλεΐ£ ταύτης τ% χώραέ εια*/ ε υ δ α ι' μ ο ν ε £ και με^α- 
 λαι. 
 
 Καρδία* των αφρόνων ουκ άο'φ α λ ε Γ g 2 ειαΊ. 
 
 Αί χεφε^ αυτού ησ'αν άόύενεΐςεν έ'κεΓντ] <rfj ήμε'ρά. 
 
 (1) ύύνεύις. (2) άσ'φαλ^. (3) κτήμα. (4) άόεβης. 
 (δ) εύόεβης. 
 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 23 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Adjectives are regularly compared by adding τερος 
 and τντος to the positive ; as, άθλους (simple) απλούστε- 
 ρος, απλούστατος. 
 
 1. ος drops ς ; as, δίκαιος (just) δικαιότερος, δικαιότατος ; 
 and if the penult-- is short, changes ο into ω ; as, σοφός 
 (wise) (Γοφώτερος, αΌφώτατος. 
 
 Sometimes a letter is dropped ; as, φίλος, φίλτερος, 
 φίλτατος, for φιλώτερος, φιλώτατος. 
 
 2. εις is changed into ες : as, χαρίεις (pleasant) χαριεστε- 
 ρος, χα ρι έκτατος. 
 
 3. ας, ης, and υς add τερος and τατος to the neuter : as, 
 με'λας, με'λαν, (black) μελάν7ερος 5 μ,ελάντατβς : άο^ενής, 
 άξενες, (weak) αγενέστερος, άαόΒνύότατος ; <~ρζΰβνς, «ττρέο'- 
 βυ, (old) χρεύβύτερος, χρεόβύταίος. 
 
 4. In ων and ην the addition is made to the nominative 
 plural; as, σώφρων, (wise) σώφρονες, <ίωφο ν έτερος, ^ωφρον- 
 έκτατος : τε'ρην (tender) ripsvsg, τερενεύτερος, TSpsvitfrciTog. 
 
 5. ξ turns ες of the nominative plural into ιστερος, κττα- 
 τος ; as, άρταξ (rapacious) αρφανές ; αρΧαγίοΑερος, άρ#α- 
 γίΰΊαιος. 
 
 A few dissyllables in υς have, besides the regular com- 
 parison, another in ιων ; as, γλυχύς (sweet) ^λυκίων, γ\ν- 
 κί(7τος. 
 
 The termination ιων is sometimes changed with the 
 preceding consonant into -CCujv, and by the Attics into 
 
 ■™»v ; as, έλαχ^ (small) { i ^ uy ' ^C«*r^ 
 
 3 A v y ( ηα^ων, ηκκΤτος, trom 
 
 obsolete rpcug. 
 
24 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 A few adjectives in ος derived from substantives, have, 
 besides their regular comparison, another in ιωυ and ιάίος, 
 from the original substantive ; as, 
 
 xaXoV, fair, (from κάλλος) καλλίων xaXkuflog. 
 ζχ&ρός, hostile, (from εχβος) εγβίων, εγύκΑος. 
 
 Some are more irregular. 
 itokug (much) ολβίων (more) πΧείαΊος (most) 
 μεγαζ (great). μείζων (greater) μέγιΜος (greatest) 
 #po. prep, (before) •ττρό7ερο£ (early) πρωΊος (first) 
 υψι. adv. (high) υ^κίίος (highest) 
 
 good, better. best. \ 
 
 , ,, \ αμεινων ; 
 ' \ άρείων, άριΰΊος, ίτοπΓΆρη^, Mars. 
 
 άγΜς < ?,*« ω > xpcuitflog, from κρά7ο$ strength. 
 
 aya0o£, βεΧΊίων βεΧΊιΰΊος. 
 
 κακό^ (bad) κακίων (worse) χάχκϊΊος, (worst) 
 
 κακό^ (bad^ χείρων, χείρι^οί, from χερης. 
 
 ADDITIONAL RULES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 I. The comparative degree governs the genitive 
 when >7, than, is omitted. 
 
 II. Partitives, and words placed partitively, compa- 
 ratives, superlatives, interrogatives and some numerals, 
 govern the genitive plural. 
 
LESSON ON THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 25 
 
 Lesson on the Comparison of Adjectives, 
 
 2u si δ ι κ α ι ο τ ε ρ ο ς εμού. 
 
 Ούτοι ο Ι νομοί giVi. δικαιό7α7οι ΚΛτάν^ων. 
 
 e O διδάσκαλος σ*οφώ7ερΟ£ έ(Γ7ι του μα$η7ου. 
 
 Ή μέλι77α, <7τάν7ων των λοιμών ζώων ε<?7ι σ*οφω7ά7η. 
 
 Δόξα Itfri ασθενής άγκυρα, ιϊΚοΰτος α tf (5 ε ν ε tf <τ έ ρ α. 
 
 Ή μεν δυναμις (stf7iv) εν ν ε ω 7 ε' ρ ο ι ς, η δε φρο'νηόΊς h 
 
 *r ρεό β υΊ i ρ ο ις IflV/v. 
 Πρεσ'/3υτα7ον (χρήμα) των ά^άνΊων sdVi Θεός. 
 Ουδέν y λυ κ ι ό ν itfli της παΊρίδος. 
 OiSsv iffliv ε'χό ι ο ν κακής βουλής. 
 Ή κ α λ λ ί (S τ η οδο^ ^pfe ευδαιμονίαν ε^7/ν ή άρείή• 
 Ό tfitfrlg εν ε' λ αχ ί (/τ ζί,'και εν croXXcj πιΰΊΙς εΰΊιν, 
 Μετ' ημών είσΊ tf λ ε ί ο ν ε ς η μετ αυτού. 
 Οί «τ λ ε Γ tf 7 ο ί α^ρω^οί eitft κακοί; 
 Ουκ εΥ7ι δούλος μείζων του Κυρίου αυτού. 
 Αι μ ε γ ι α 7 α ι της Ελλάδος πόλεις sitfiv *Η Σπάρτη κα^ 
 
 αί Άόηναι. 
 Τώμυλος ην if ρ ω 7 ο ς /3ασΊλευς της «ττο'λεως Τώμης. 
 Ου7οι οι ανέρωτοι, δούλοι του Θεού" υ ψ ίο 1 7 ο υ ε /tfiv. 
 Οι νο'μοι αριβίοί ε:υΊ δ ι κ α ι ό 7 α 7 ο ι. 
 Ουκ gflViv ουδέν κ ρ ε Ttf Co ν φίλου. 
 Ή Σικελία tfatfojv των νή^ων κ ρο.τ\ύ<τ η =Vti'v. 
 Πόλεμος ένδοξο?, ειρήνης αιθέρας (cVti) α ι ρ ε τ ώ τ ε ρ ο ς. 
 Ή φρόνηδΊς και χ ή υνίεια g/tfi τα μέγιστα άχα^ά τω* 
 
 άνόρώ^ων. 
 
26 
 
 substantive VERB, Ε/μί, I am. 
 
 Sing, 
 Present, am. 
 
 1. sljxi, ■ I am, 
 
 2. εΐς or sf, thou art, 
 
 3. ίύτί (v 5 ) he is ; 
 
 Imperf. was. 
 
 1. ?v, I was, 
 
 2. τ\ς. thou wast 
 
 3. η or ην, he was ; 
 
 Indicative. 
 Dual. 
 
 soVov, stfrov, 
 
 ήτον, ^την, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 εόμ,εν, 
 
 εΰτέ, 
 sitfi (ν,) 
 
 ?TE, 
 ^<Γαν, 
 
 we are, 
 you are, 
 they are. 
 
 we were, 
 j^ou were, 
 they were. 
 
 Second Imperf. (But little used.) 
 
 *Η-μην, ησΌ, ητο | η-με^ον-α'^ν-α'βην | η-με^α-ί^ε-ντο, 
 
 Fut. shall or will be. 
 
 1. Ι'αΌμαι, I will be, ΙοΌ'με^ον, 
 
 2. sVr/, thou wilt be, stfstfuov, 
 
 3. εΰεται or I'aVai, he stfso'dov, 
 
 will be ; 
 
 sVo/xsda, W e will be, 
 εσεο^ε, you will be, 
 i'tfovrai, they will be. 
 
 Present be. 
 
 2. /tf& or IVo, be thou. 
 
 3. IVtw, let him be ; 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 stfrov, 
 iflVwv, 
 
 e<frs, be ye or you, 
 s'a'rwa'av, let them be. 
 
 Pres. may be. 
 
 1. ω, I may be, 
 
 2. $£, thou mayest be, 
 
 3. 17, he may be ; 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 7J TOV, TJTOV, 
 
 ώμεν, we may be, 
 ητε, you may be, 
 wui, they may be. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 ε/'ητον, εϊψψ, Ιε'/ημεν, ε/'ητε, ε'/ησ'αν, 
 
 -μεΑον-α'Αον, -ffdrjv, -με0α -σϊ)ε -ντο. 
 
 ' Infin. Pres. sfvai, Fut. sifstf&ou, Part. Pres. ων, 
 
 Fut. ενόμενο$. 
 
 Pres. ε'/ην, ε'/η£, ε'/η, 
 Fut. εο*Όί-μην -ο -το, 
 
LESSON ON THE VERB Ε/μ/. 27 
 
 ADDITIONAL RULES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 Ι. Ειμί, signifying possession, property, or duty, go- 
 verns the genitive. 
 
 II. Ειμί, taken for habeo, to have, governs the dative. 
 
 III. Any adjective m&y govern the dative, which has 
 the sign to ox for after it in English. 
 
 Indicative of Ειμί. 
 
 Έν τοις νο'μοι$ sVr/v η σΌο-τηρία της πόΧεως. 
 
 Ουκ εστίν ou(5sv xpsTtftfov f) φίλο£ ΰαφης. 
 
 Βε/3αιο'ταται μεν φιλία/ ε7<τί γονεΰΰι tfpog ιΐαΐδας, και παιβιν 
 
 ττρος γονέας, και αδελφοί!; tfpo£ αδελφούς και Λ γυναιξί ποίς 
 
 άνδρας, και εταίροι^ <ττρο£ εταίροι^. 
 Ή μεγίστη των εν άν^ρώ^οΐέ voVwv £<faiv ή αναίδεια. 
 Ή σωφροσύνη εΰτίν εγκράτεια ηδονών κα* ενθυμίων. 
 Μήκος γαρ βίου χα] ετη £ω^£ (ε/σΊ) εν τύ\ δεξιά auY5j£, ε'ν δε 
 
 Γ»ϊ αριστερά αύτη£ 9Τλουτο£ και δο|α. 
 Οι δίκαιοι και οι δΌφοι και εργα,όίαι αυτών slffi εν "χειρ] του 
 
 Θεού. 
 Έρνα χειρών αυτού (εστί) αλήθεια και κρίσΊ^, 
 Και ην ε*εΓαν^ρω5Το^ και η χειρ αυτού ή δεξιά ήν ξηρά. 
 Και νμεΐς ε^μεν μάρτυρες των βημάτων τούτων. 
 7Α*'αν7ε£ οι ΧεονΊες εισΊν αλκιμοι. 
 ΑΙ βδοι αύτη£ δδοι καλαί (εισΊ,) και ττασαι αί τρίβοι εν ειρήνη. 
 
 λ άοτ' αιώνος εστί τω Θεω πάντα, τά έργα αυτού. 
 Ό Θεο^ φω£ εστί, και όχοτία εν αυτω ουκ εστίν ουδεμία. 
 "Or; ; - " '" κόσμω, /} ε\π0υμία τη£ (fajpxog, και ή sVi- 
 
28 LESSON ON THE VERB Ειμί. 
 
 du /χία r£)v οφθαλμών, και ή αλαζονεία του βίου, ουκ εβΥιν 
 
 ε*κ του Πατρός, αλλ' εκ του κόσμου εανίν. 
 Οι υιοί του αιώνος τούτου φρονιμώτεροι ficrgp τους υιούς του φωτός 
 
 εις την ^ενεάν την εαυτών ε /Viv. 
 Κρε/α'α'ων yap οΌφια λι^ων πολυτελών, crav δε τίμιον ουκ άξιον 
 
 αυτής Io~tiv. 
 E/Viv έσχατοι oV έσονται άτρωτο/, και siVi Πρώτοι οι έσονται 
 
 Ισχατοι. 
 Ούτοι οί avdpwtfoi εγβροι του Θεού εισΊν. 
 Ει ήμεν εν ταΓς ήμε'^αις των ^ατε'ρων ημών, ουκ αν ήμεν κοινω- 
 νοί αυτών §ν τώ αι'ματι των Προφητών. 
 Οι yap άρχοντες ουκ εισ7 φόβος των ayaflwv Ι'ρ^ων. άλλα των 
 
 κακών. 
 *Ή. πίΰτις χωρίς των έργων νεκρά ε'στιν. 
 Τυραννις χρήμα μεν σφαλερόν, Πολλοί δε αύτη£ ερασταί εισΊν. 
 *Ως αστέρες είσ? του oupavjs κόσμος,* ούτως οι οικήτορες το κλέος 
 
 της πόλεως. 
 Ό παλαιό ς οίνος χρηστότερος εστί. 
 Θηο'αυρο^ μέγας εατιν άγα6ος φίλος. 
 ΟΙ άγαόοι άνδρες ύεων εϊχόνες ε'κϊΐν. 
 
 Δικαιαι και άλη^ιναί (εισΊ) αί οδοί σου, ώ βαΰίΚεΰ των αγίων 
 Ό Θεός αληθής εστίν £ν τε έργω και εν Χόγω. 
 Ή διαθήκη μου μετά σΌυ (εύτι) και εότ) «π'ατήρ τλή^ους εόνων. 
 Ου yap εν Χόγω η βαΰιΧεία του θεού αλλ' εν δυνάμει. 
 Και έσονται ζάντες διδακτό* του Θεού. ■ 
 Ουδείς άδικος εσται μοι φίλος. 
 
 Ό κυων crpog" τάς όήρας εστί χξήσΊμος και ιΐξος την φυλακή ν. 
 Ή ψυχή #λεΐον εστί της τροφής, και το σώμα του ενδύματος. 
 
 * Look for the second meaning of κομμός. 
 
LESSON ON THE VERB Ειμί. 29 
 
 Ό δε μικρότερος εν τύ\ βασιλεία των ουρανών, μείζων αυτού Itfrw. 
 
 Το μήκος xal το πλάτος και το ϋψο£ της πόλεως iVa Itfrftr. 
 
 Άρεττ?^ ουδέν χρήμα (ίεμνότερον, ουδέ βεβαιότερόν εο*τιν. 
 
 Αι χτηόεις ττ ( ς άρζ-ττ,ς μόναι βέβαιαί ει(Γιν. 
 
 Πα^ων των αρετών τρέμων εατιν η εύΰύβεια. 
 
 Ή τυραννά αδικίας μήτηρ sVtj'v. 
 
 Ή φύσΊς άνευ μαόηΰεως τυφλόν (εΛιν,) ή δε ν μαύηΰις ανεν φύσ- 
 εως ελλιπές. 
 
 Ουκ Icfriv ουδέν κρεΓό'σΌν η νόμοι «ττόλει 
 
 Ό Παρνασσός με'χα και σύσκιον ορός sV-riv. 
 
 ΟυδεΝ/ χτήμα αρετής τιμιώτερόν ε'στιν. 
 
 Ή Βακτριανή χώρα εΰδαιμονεστάτη ε&τι xal ευ φ ο ρωτάτε 
 
 Τύραννοι άπαντες (ε /Vi) i^poi ελευύερισ., και νόμοις ενάντιοι. 
 
 Πολύ απλουστέρα και ευθύτερα τ/αρ' ημΓν ή οδός έΰτιν. 
 
 Περσών μεν τΌλυ κάλλιστος ο εμος τίατ^ξ (ζ<3τι.) 
 
 Μήδων μεντοι, ούτος δ εαος τ/ά<ττος χάλλιότός (sVti.) 
 
 Σοφία μόνη των χτημάτων άύάνατος εστίν. 
 
 Κοινά (sVtj) τά κτήματα των φίλων. 
 
 Οσων κακό3ν αιτία (εστί) ή άγνοια τοις άν&ρωποις. 
 
 Ουδείς ημών εστί ούτω δύσκολος (κατά) την φύσιν. 
 
 Αιρετώτερός (εσ7ι) κάλος όάνατος του α/σχρ* /3ίου. 
 
 Α67αι αι πόλεις αγενέστερα/ (ε/σι) της ύμείερας. 
 
 Ό δε μικρό7ερος εν τί? βασιλεία των ουρανών, μείζων αιίτχ 
 ε'στιν. 
 
 Ουδέν κτήμα βΌφία$ τιμιώτερο'ν εο*7ιν• 
 
 Κατά τούΊους τους νόμους, και υμΓν και' ε/μ-ο/ η κρι'σις εΥ/ίν. 
 
 'Ο μεν αερισμός πολύς έσ7ιν, οι δε εργάΐαι ολίγοι. 
 
 Θνη7ος μεν ουδείς εσ7ιν ευδαίμων άνήρ. 
 
 Άρε7ή, με'^ισΤον των 0εων δώρον, usia IdV και άόάναΊος. 
 
 Σχύύαι 3 βάρβσ.ρον το εόνος, άνδρεΓοί ειβΊ και μάχιμοι. 
 
30 LESSON ON THE VERB EifAl. 
 
 Ε/μί in the Imperative, Subjunctive and Optative. 
 *Ayputfvo£ stfo κα7ά viv, όυγγενης γαρ του άλη&ν* όανά7ο» 
 
 Stf7/V Ou7og• uVvO£. 
 
 Θεό; ημίν μάρ7υρε£ ε βίωναν. 
 
 Παΐ£ ων, κο'^μιο^ stfo* νεανία^, εγχραΊής* άνηρ, δίκαιος• xou 
 
 π'ρζϋβύΊ'ης, svXoyog. 
 Φίλο£ 6tf7oj, Jv λόχω τέ κα/ i'pyw. 
 Ό λύχνος του <f ωραίος Jtf7iv δ οφ0αλμ0£• εάν ούν δ οφΰαλμοέ 
 
 tfou απ\χς j), δ'λον το ίωμα tfou φω7εινδν ε<?7αί. 
 'Εάν δε δ οφ0αλμο'£ tfou tfovyjpo^ τ), όλον το (Γωμα οΌυ tfxo7givov 
 
 fflrar ε; ouv το φω£ το εν σο; (fao7o£ stf7i, το cfao7o£ crotfov ; 
 'Εάν Ύ\ς φίλομαό 1 ^, εσ^η <ττολυμα£ή£. 
 Έάν α'ώφρονεέ ήτε, ευδαίμονε^ stfstfus, 
 ΈάνοΌφο£ γς, rfcwlsg (f οι φίλο ι εσΌν7αι• χρήοΊμο^ yap και 
 
 ά^αόδ^ IVt)• ει δε μή, αΌι ουδείς φίλο^ I'tf7ai. 
 Νόμο£ ην #ολλων λαών 'Εάν τ ι Ν £ ^ δ φ ο ν ε υ £ ά ν # ρ ώ- 
 
 # ο υ, 6 ά ν α 7 ο £ ξ' η μ ί α ε tf 7 ω. 
 f Αρα* το?£ άνόρωιΐοις φίλο» εσΌ'μεβα, εάν ώμ5ν ανωφελείς ; 
 "Οταν εν τω κο'ίΤμω ω, φως ε/μι του κόσμου. 
 Δυ^μορφο^ και ό.γα$οζ ε/ην")* μάλλον, ή χαΚος και κακο£. 
 Συνείηνϊ άει το% ίώφροα'ί και το% άγσ,ύοΤς, και μή#ο7ε εί'η μοι 
 
 Cuvoutfia των καχών. 
 ''ΐ^αρχο^, δ Πεισιστράτου tfai£, πρΒΰβύΊαΊος ων των (παίδων) 
 
 Πειο ν ισ'7ρά7ου, (ίοφωίαΊος ήν 'Αθηναίων. 
 Ό μή ών με7 εμχ, κα7' εμ* εΛ. 
 
 * r Apa εσΌ'με^α, shall we be Ί | I would wish to be, 
 J From σΊίνειμι, I would wish to associate. 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 31 
 
 Exercises in taming English into Greek, 
 
 'Atfo, αντί, εκ, and προ, govern the genitive, 
 'Ev and <fov govern the dative only. 
 Efe governs the accusative only. 
 
 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 Ή εντολή Προκη εϊς r h ά£ελ- 
 
 φη. 
 Ή βουΧη τ] ά^ελφτ} εγω tfpo η 
 
 ειρήνη, 
 
 Έν άρχη ή ,βα^/λεια δ ΙΙερόης. 
 
 'Ε ν η ήμερα δ Ήρωδΐ)£. 
 
 Ή ώδη η Moutfa κα/ δ Έρμη£. 
 
 Έ^'ω ε/μι δ α.ρτος f\ ζωη. 
 Συ ε/μ» δ υ\ος δ Θεο£. 
 Ή άλν^εια ουκ ειμί εν <?υ.* 
 Έ^ω ειμί τεκνον Θεο£. 
 Συ ε/μι υ/ο£ δ <ττροφη-7•η£. 
 Ό άνύρωνος ε/μι $νη•το£. 
 'Ωρα ε /μι ως δέκατος. 
 
 Ου ε /μι εκεί. 
 
 Ε /μι Κουλοί η αμαρτία. 
 
 Ε/μ* εκ δ Φαρισ'αίο^. 
 
 Ουκ ε/μι ως ο uVoxpir^ ε/μι. 
 
 Ε/μι χαρά tfu.* 
 
 'Otfou ε^ω ε/μι εκεί και ε/μι tfu. 
 
 Ειμι λιμο£ και λοιμός έν ε'κεινοέ 
 ί) ήμερα. 
 
 The epistle of Proca to her 
 sister. 
 
 The counsel of my sister be- 
 fore the peace. 
 
 In the beginning of the king-. 
 dom of the Persians. 
 
 In the da} r s of Herod. 
 
 The songs of the Muses and 
 of Hermes. 
 
 I am the bread of life. ■ 
 
 Thou art the Son of God• 
 
 The tr nth is not in you. 
 
 We are children of God. 
 
 Ye are sons of the prophets. 
 
 Men are mortal. 
 
 The hour was about the 
 tenth. 
 
 We were not there. 
 
 Ye are servants of sin. 
 
 They were of the Pharisees. 
 
 Thou shalt not be as the hy- 
 pocrites are. ι 
 
 There shall be^joy to you. 
 
 Where I am there also shall 
 ye be. 
 
 There shall be famines and 
 pestilences in those days. 
 
 * Dative Plural. 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 Exercises in turning English into Greek 
 
 Νευρον και oVtouv ε/μι άΧογος, 
 
 'AvQpwrfog άγα&ος ε/μι Θεο? 
 
 φίΚος. 
 To ερ^ον αυτό? <7ΐΌν*ηρο£ ε/μι, το 
 
 6 s άδεΧφος, &καιο£. 
 Νεαν^ρο? ε/μι κύριο? ή νηοΌ?. 
 
 Έν εκείνος δ το^ο?. 
 
 Έν ουτο? η χωρά. 
 
 Έν αυτο^ ή <7Τυλη. 
 
 Ουτο? δ λόγος ειμί κιότος. 
 
 Συ ε/μι εκ ου το? δ κομμοί. 
 
 Θεο? ειμί εν Jxsivo^. 
 
 Μακάριος ε/μι ουτο? δ 5ουλο? <fv 
 
 Ουτο? ^ ζωη εν δ υίο? αυτό? ειμί, 
 
 Έν αυΥο£ ζωη ειμί. 
 
 Έρ^ον £ικαιο? είμι «ίΤηχη £ωη. 
 
 Μακάριος ε/μ» δ «πτωχό?, δτι 
 όμετερο^ ε/μι η βασΊλεια δ 
 ουρανό?.* 
 
 Οότο? ε/μι η μαρτυρία δ 'Ιωάν- 
 νη?. 
 
 Φίλος tfifaog άξιος έπαινο? ε/μι. 
 
 Πο« ε/μι ουτο? κατήγορο? tfu ; 
 
 Ή μαρτυρία δ Κύριο? ε/μι tfitf- 
 το?. 
 
 Nerves and bones are with- 
 out reason. 
 
 [Good men are friends to 
 God. 
 
 His works were evil,but those 
 of his brother righteous. 
 
 Neander was lord of the 
 island. 
 
 In that place. 
 
 In this region. 
 
 In the very gate. 
 
 These words are faithful. 
 
 Ye are of this world. 
 
 God was among them. 
 
 Blessed are these thy ser- 
 vants. 
 
 This life is in his son. 
 
 In him was life. 
 
 The works of the righteous 
 are a fountain of life. 
 
 Blessed are ye poor, for 
 yours is the kingdom of 
 heaven. 
 
 This is the witness of John. 
 
 Faithful friends are worthy 
 of praise. 
 
 Where are these thy accu- 
 sers ? 
 
 The testimony of the Lord 
 is faithful. 
 
 * Genitive Plural. 
 
EXERCISES IN PARSING. 
 
 as 
 
 Exercises in turning English into Greek. 
 
 'Eyco ε/μι η όυρα ro tf ρο/3ατον, 
 Συ ε/μι ένδοξος, έγω ε/μι άτιμος. 
 
 , I am the door of the sheep. 
 , Ye are honored, we are dis- 
 honored. 
 
 Ή εντολή tfu ε/μι άγιος, και <5i-|Thy commandment is holy, 
 χαιος, και άγαύος. just, and good. 
 
 Έν ουτο£ δ μην. 
 
 Έν η ιϊατρις (-ιδος) αύτος. 
 
 Έν η χειρ (-ος) #υ. 
 
 Έν έΧιτις (-ιδος) η ελευθέρια. 
 
 Έκ ύ] χειρ δ άνδρωπος. 
 
 Έν οϋ7ος• 7} νυξ (-κ<το£.) 
 
 Έν Πνεύμα (-τος) κα/ αλήθεια. 
 
 Ε/μι ττΌΐμην (-ενο$) εκεί• 
 
 Λέων (-ον7ο£) ε/μι άλκιμο£. 
 
 Συ ε/μι δ μαρ7υρ ζγω. 
 
 Το #ωμα tfu ε /μι ναο£ το ayip.v 
 
 Πνεύμα. 
 Συ ουκ ει μι εν #α£ξ (d 'άρχος) 
 
 αλλ' εν «ττνευμα. 
 Τΐ£ ειμί εκείνος ή ^υνη ; 
 Ό νομο^ V αλήθεια ε/μι sv το 
 
 ο^ομα αυ7ο£. 
 Έ^ω ε/μι μαρ7ιφ το ρήμα του7ο. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 In this month. 
 
 In his country. 
 
 In thy hand. 
 
 In hope of freedom. 
 
 From the hands of men. 
 
 In this night. 
 
 In spirit and in truth. 
 
 There were shepherds there. 
 
 Lions are strong. 
 
 Ye are my witnesses. 
 
 Your body is a temple of the 
 
 holy Spirit. 
 Ye are not in the flesh but 
 
 in the spirit. 
 Who are these women ? 
 The law of truth was in his 
 
 mouth. 
 We are witnesses of these 
 
 words. 
 
 ATTIC GENITIVE. 
 
 'Epyov χειρ αυ7ο£ ε/μι akrfeia 
 
 και κρισΊ£. 
 Άλη£/νο£ και &καιο£ εΐ^ιι 
 
 χριΰις (ϊυ. 
 Ένοχος ε/μι ή κρισΊ$. 
 
 The works of his hands are 
 truth and judgment. 
 
 True and right are thy judg- 
 ments. 
 
 He is in danger of the judg- 
 ment. 
 
34 
 
 EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING 
 
 Exercises in turning English into Greek. 
 
 Ο νομο£ ουκ ε /μι εκ ύ] tfidlig. 
 Ε/μι τεκνον φυσΊς* opy -η. 
 
 Ή χειρ δ Κύριος είμι εφ' tfu| 
 και ε<πΊ δ /3ασΊλευ£.| 
 
 Που ειμί δ yovsvg <fv ; 
 Κρι7η£ ε/μ; £ν τις #ολ/£. 
 
 Ε /μι yap αλιείς. 
 
 Είμι rife δ ^ραμμα7ευ£ εκε/. 
 
 The law is not of faith. 
 
 We were by nature children 
 of wrath. 
 
 The hand of the Lord shall 
 be upon you and upon 
 your king. 
 
 Where are thy parents % 
 
 There was a judge in a cer- 
 tain city. 
 
 For they were fishermen. 
 
 There were certain of the 
 Scribes there. 
 
 To (ία/μα ίγω μελο£ Xpio^os ειμί. 
 Ουκ ειμί (εκ) νυξ ουδ ΰκοτος. 
 Ουκ ειμί ίν Σκότος. 
 
 CONTRACTS. 
 
 Oar bodies are members of 
 
 Christ. 
 We are not of the night, or of 
 
 darkness. 
 Ye are not in darkness. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THREE ENDINGS. 
 
 Συ καύαρο£ ε/μι άλλα ου πας. 
 Έν Ύ\ οικία δ Πα7ηρ εγω μονή 
 
 «πΌλυ£ ε/μι. 
 Ειμί εκε/ ΐτοΧυς γυνή. 
 
 Τίας fy δδο£ ο*υ άλη^ε/α ε /μι. 
 Msyag ει μι ή δόξα Θεο£. 
 Ε/μ* tfag εχφοβος. 
 Πολυ£ χήρα ε/'μ/. 
 Πολυ£ ε/μι κλη7ο£, ολι^ο^ δε 
 εκλεκ7ο£. 
 
 Ye are pure, but not all. 
 
 In my father's house are ma- 
 ny mansions. 
 
 There were there many wo- 
 men. 
 
 All thy ways are truth. 
 
 Great is the glory of God. 
 
 They were all afraid. 
 
 There were many widows. 
 
 Many are called, but few 
 chosen. 
 
 * Dative. 
 
 Accusative. 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 36 
 
 Exercises in turning English into Greek. 
 
 Πα^άνηρ η κεφαλή ΧριαΊο^ειμι 
 Msyas ε/μι ή •7tttf7i£ cU 
 Έ^ω tfas ε/μι <putfi£ 0vtj7o£. 
 
 Christ is the head of all men. 
 Great is thy faith. 
 To us all there is a mortal 
 nature. 
 
 PROMISCUOUS. 
 
 Tfe ειμί δ λοχο£ ou7os ; 
 Και sl^ ίν ή όυναγωγη αυ7ο£. 
 ίχ.ν^ρ6θ«ττο^ Ιν Πνεύμα άκα$αρ- 
 
 Τ0£. 
 
 Ουκ ε/μι ίν το σ"7ομα αλήθεια. 
 
 ? Eyw ουκ ειμί utfo νομο£,* αλλ' 
 
 utfo χαρΐ£. 
 Νυ|* και ήμερα* ίν το o'pos και 
 
 εν μνήμα ειμί. 
 
 Ειμί δε δυνα7ο£ εν λο^ο£ και ίν 
 
 ipyov. 
 Και ειμί *κας διδαχΊος δ Θεο£. 
 
 Πόλεμος ε«μι δεινός. 
 Ο #ολεμο£ είμι δεινός. 
 
 What are these words ? 
 
 And there was in their syna- 
 gogue a man with an un- 
 clean spirit. 
 
 There is no truth in their 
 mouth. 
 
 We are not under law, but 
 under grace. 
 
 Night and day he was in 
 the mountains and in the 
 tombs. 
 
 He was powerful in word 
 and deed. 
 
 And they shall all be taught 
 of God. 
 
 Wars are dangerous. 
 
 The wars are dangerous. 
 
 * Genitive. 
 
36 RULES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 RULES OF SYNTAX.* 
 
 Agreement. 
 
 1. Substantives signifying the same thing, agree in 
 case. 
 
 2. An adjective agrees with its substantive in gender, 
 number, and case. 
 
 3. A verb agrees with its nominative in number and 
 person. But nominatives plural of the neuter gender, 
 commonly have a singular verb. 
 
 4. Nouns of multitude in the singular, often take a 
 verb or adjective in the plural. 
 
 5. Two or more substantives singular, coupled by the 
 conjunction και, have a verb, adjective, or relative plural. 
 
 6. Any verb may have the same case after it as be- 
 fore it, when both words refer to the same thing. 
 
 7. The relative ος agrees with its antecedent in gen- 
 der and number. 
 
 8. The relative is often put by attraction in the same 
 cose with the antecedent ; as, β'ίβλοις οΐς (for ους) έχω. 
 
 9. When no nominative comes between the relative 
 and the verb, the relative is the nominative to the verb. 
 
 * The few rules of Syntax used in Part First are 
 here repeated, that all may be found together. 
 
RULES OF SYNTAX. 37 
 
 But when a nominative comes between the relative 
 and the verb, the relative is governed by some word in 
 the sentence. 
 
 Government of Substantives. 
 
 10. One substantive governs another signifying a 
 different thing in the genitive. Sometimes the dative is 
 used for the genitive. 
 
 11. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a sub- 
 stantive, governs the genitive. 
 
 12. If one of two substantives expresses some quali- 
 ty or circumstance of another, it is often put in the ge- 
 nitive.* 
 
 Government of Adjectives. — Genitive. 
 
 13. Adjectives signifying any affection of the mind, 
 govern the genitive. 
 
 14. Adjectives of plenty and want, power, participa- 
 tion, diversity, and separation, govern the genitive. 
 
 15. Adjectives denoting dignity, worth, price, crime, 
 and innocence, govern the genitive. 
 
 16. Partitives, and words placed partitively, compa- 
 ratives, superlatives, interrogatives, and some numerals, 
 govern the genitive plural. 
 
 Dative. 
 
 17. Adjectives may govern the dative which have 
 the sign to ox for after them in English. 
 
 * In Adam's Grammar the rule is given thus ; n If. 
 the latter substantive have an adjective of praise or dis- 
 praise joined with it, they may be put in the genitive." 
 But in many cases, both in Latin and Greek, no adjec- 
 tive is used, but the substantive itself expresses the quali- 
 ty or circumstance. Hence the form adopted above. 
 
38 RULES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 18. Adjectives signifying profit or disprofit, likeness 
 or unlikeness, &c., govern the dative. 
 
 Government of Verbs. — Genitive. 
 
 19. Ειμί and γίνομαι, signifying possession, property, 
 or duty, govern the genitive. 
 
 20. Verbs of sense govern the genitive, except those 
 of sight, which govern the accusative. 
 
 21. Verbs signifying any affection of the mind, go- 
 vern the genitive. 
 
 22. Verbs of taking or giving part in any thing, go- 
 vern the genitive. 
 
 This includes verbs signifying to partake, obtain, en- 
 joy, aim at, communicate, and attempt, &c. 
 
 23. Verbs of plenty and want, filling and depriving, 
 govern the genitive. 
 
 24. Verbs which signify to rule, excel, be inferior, be- 
 gin and end, govern the genitive. 
 
 25. Verbs of difference or separation, govern the ge- 
 nitive. Among them are included those of prohibiting, 
 erring, abstaining, sparing, preventing, &c. 
 
 Dative. 
 
 26. Ειμί, taken for habeoj to have, governs the dative. 
 This rule also applies to γίνομαι and υπάρχω. 
 
 27. Any verb may govern the dative of the object to- 
 wards which the action is directed ; as, επε<ϊ6ά μοι, follow 
 me ; critfrsutfov μοι, believe me. 
 
 Under this rule are included verbs which denote to 
 order, exhort, admonish, threaten, reprove, envy, accuse, 
 please, assent to, trust, obey, yield to, injure, help, and 
 others of the same kind. 
 
 28. Verbs which express the idea of approach or con- 
 tact, govern the dative. 
 
 This rule includes all verbs whose action cannot be 
 
RULES OP SYNTAX. 39 
 
 performed without approaching the object ; as, to fight, 
 associate, meet, pray to, adore, fawn, vie, be attentive to, 
 and many others ; as, μή ερύύιζβ τοις yovsutfi, do not con- 
 tend with parents. 
 
 29. Any verb may govern the dative, which has the 
 sign to or for after it in English ; as, «rag άνήρ αυτω #ονεΓ, 
 every man labours for himself. 
 
 30. Verbs compounded with iv, sVi, τταρά, tfpo's, tfuv, 
 fitfoj αντί, or δμ£, may govern the dative. 
 
 Some of the verbs which properly govern the dative, 
 sometimes take an accusative. 
 
 Accusative. 
 
 31. Verbs signifying actively, govern the accusative ; 
 as, γνωΰι tfsaurov, know thyself. 
 
 Neuter verbs govern the accusative of a noun whose 
 signification is similar to their own ; as, «ττολεμον #ολβμί- 
 ζειν, to wage war. Some other neuter verbs govern the 
 accusative. 
 
 Accusative and Genitive. 
 
 32. Verbs of acquitting, condemning, and many others, 
 govern the accusative and genitive. 
 
 Accusative and Dative. 
 
 33. Any active verb may govern the accusative and 
 dative, when together with the object of the action, we 
 express the person or thing in relation to which the ac- 
 tion is exerted ; as, δκϊόναι έαυτον <r?j <χό\ει, to give him- 
 self to the state. 
 
 Two Accusatives. 
 
 34. Verbs of asking and teaching, clothing and con- 
 cealing, doing well or ill, and some others, govern two 
 
40 RULES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 accusatives, the one of the person and the other of the 
 thing ; as, χρή aksTv τους usovg άγαόά,, we ought to ask 
 good things from the Gods. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 35. When a verb in the active voice governs two 
 cases, in the passive it retains the latter case ; as, κατψ 
 yopgo^a; κλοΑ%, I am accused of theft. 
 
 Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 36. Impersonal verbs govern the dative ; as, i'Sogev 
 αυτω, it appeared to him. 
 
 1. χοή more commonly governs the accusative. 
 
 2. Δδί and some others govern a dative of the person 
 and a genitive of the thing. 
 
 Infinitive, 
 
 37. The infinitive with or without an article is used 
 as a noun in any case. 
 
 38. One verb governs another in the infinitive. 
 
 39. The infinitive mood has the accusative before it, 
 (token its subject or agent is different from that of the preced- 
 ing verb ;) as, τ; βροτονς φρονεί Χέγουόι ; why do they 
 say that mortals are wise ? 
 
 40. The infinitve mood is often governed by adjectives 
 or nouns ; as, άξιον ύοίυμάζεΰόαι, worthy to be admired. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 41. Participles govern the case of their own verbs. 
 
 42. Participles are often used as nouns ; as, δ άκούων, 
 he that heareth. 
 
 Case absolute. 
 
 43. A substantive and participle are put in the geni- 
 tive, when their case depends on no other word ; as, 
 
RULES OF SYNTAX. 41 
 
 Θεού δ ι S ό vl ο ς, ούδϊν ιΰγυΒί φόόνος, when God gives, 
 envy avails nothing•. 
 
 Construction of Circumstances. 
 
 44. The price of a thing• is put in the genitive. 
 
 45. The origin, matter of a thing and part affected, 
 are put in the genitive. 
 
 46. The cause, manner, and instrument or means, are 
 put in the dative. 
 
 47. Nouns which denote that with regard to which 
 any thing is done, are commonly put in the genitive. 
 
 48. The place where is often put in the dative. 
 
 49. The measure of excess is put in the dative. 
 
 50. The distance from one place to another, is put in 
 the accusative. 
 
 51. Time when, if indefinite and protracted, is put in 
 the genitive ; if definite, in the dative ; Time how long, 
 is put in the accusative. 
 
 Synecdoche. 
 
 52. Substantives are often put in the accusative by 
 synecdoche, χα,τά. δια, &c. being understood ; as. tftfouicuos 
 τον τρόπον, ingenious as to disposition. 
 
 Case of the Comparative. 
 
 53. The comparative degree governs the genitive 
 when r, than, is omitted. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 54. Adverbs of time, place, order, and some others, 
 govern the genitive. Those of accompanying, govern 
 the dative. 
 
 Government of Prepositions. 
 
 55. Άατο, άν?ί, ίχ (Ιξ) and πρό, govern the genitive only, 
 'Ev and tfuv, the dative. 
 
42 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 Efe (Is), the accusative. 
 
 Διά, ihe genitive and accusative. 
 
 Άμφί, ανά, £fi, κα7α, μ*7ά, πε^ί, ίταρά, ^ό?, (Att. &fe,) 
 ^^^j ^ό, govern the genitive, dative, or accusative. 
 
 56. Prepositions in composition often govern the same 
 case as when they stand by themselves. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 The verb consists of three parts ; the augment, the 
 root, and the tense-form. 
 
 Before these are considered, it is necessary for the pu- 
 pil perfectly to understand 
 
 Cognate Mutes and Rules of change in Letters. 
 
 1. The mutes are nine, but are all founded on three ; 
 viz. tf which is formed with the lips ; κ with the palate ; 
 and τ with the tongue. 
 
 2. Add a slight roughness to if (smooth) and we have 
 β (middle) ; add the rough breathing, and we have φ 
 (rough) ; and so of the rest. Hence those of the same 
 class are called Cognate. 
 
 3. Add <f to the first class of Cognates, and we have 
 ψ ; to the second, and we have ξ. Thus, ψ is merely *<f 9 
 β<ί, or <ptf ; and ξ is κσ 1 , γΰ, or γ /f. 
 
 Hence ψ and ξ are called double consonants. 
 
 Pi-mutes. 
 
 Kappa-mutes. 
 
 Tau-mutes. 
 
 Cognate. 
 
 Cognate. 
 
 Cognate. 
 
 Lips. 
 
 Palate. 
 
 Tongue. 
 
 Smooth, tf 
 
 κ 
 
 <r 
 
 Middle, β 
 
 7 
 
 δ 
 
 Rough, φ 
 
 X 
 
 ΰ. 
 
 adding tf 
 
 adding rf 
 
 
 make 
 
 make 
 
 
 ψ 
 
 ι 
 
 
VERBS. 43 
 
 4. If tf is added to Tau-mutes, in conjugation, the 
 mute is dropped ; thus, from άνύτω we make άνώίω, not 
 άνύτόω. 
 
 5. Pi-rnutes before μ are changed into μ ; as, τετυμ- 
 μαί for τετυ^-μαί ; τε'τριμ-μαι for τέτριβ-μαι ; γέγραμ,-μ,αι 
 for γέγραφ-μοα. 
 
 6. Kappa-mutes before μ» are changed into y ; as, 
 ffgVXsy-jxai for «π^λεκ-μαι ; βεβρεχ-μαι for βε,βρεχ-μα/. 
 
 7. Ν before a Pi-rnute is changed into μ ; as, εμ-/3αι'νω 
 for ε'ν-,βαίνω. 
 
 8. Ν before a Kappa-mute is changed into 7 ; as, 
 tfflpay-xo, for πέφαν-χα. 
 
 9. Ν before the Liquids (λ, μ, ρ) is changed into 
 those letters respectively ; as, ffuX-Xiycj for tfuv-Xsyw ; 
 εμ~με'νω for εν-μενω. 
 
 10. When mutes come together, they must be of the 
 same strength ; i. e. smooth go with smooth, middle with 
 middle, and rough with rough. Hence, if one is deter- 
 mined, the other must be made to correspond ; as, ετύφ- 
 d'/jv for &ύπΰψ ; λελεχΟε for λελεχώε. 
 
 AUGMENT. 
 
 The augment is syllabic, when the verb begins with 
 a consonant ; and temporal, when it begins with a 
 vowel.* 
 
 The syllabic augment is formed by prefixing ε to the 
 augmented tenses ; as, ε-τιον, !-ri(fa, ε-τετίκειν. 
 
 The temporal augment, is formed by changing α and 
 ε into η, and into ω ; as, 
 
 «, 
 
 α-δω, ^-£ov 
 
 αυ. 
 
 αύ-|άνω 3 
 
 ηυ-ξανον 
 
 ε. 
 
 ε-λε^ω, '^-λευθον 
 
 ο, 
 
 o-putfCw, 
 
 ω-ρυαΌΌν 
 
 αί-, 
 
 α/'-ρω, *ffi"P cv 
 
 Οι, 
 
 ο/-κίζω, 
 
 γω-κ*£ον 
 
 * So called because the former adds a syllable to the 
 verb, while the latter lengthens the quantity or time of 
 the first syllable. 
 
 γ The 1 of the diphthong is subscript» 
 
44 VERBS. 
 
 Note 1. The imperfect, pluperfect, and two aorists 
 take the augment, but retain it only in the indicative 
 mood. 
 
 2. The diphthongs ει and ου and the long vowels η 
 and ω are unchanged by the augment. 
 
 3. A number of verbs in ε take the augment in ει ; 
 as, εχω, εΐ-χον. 
 
 4. Attic reduplication. The Attics often repeat the 
 first syllable of the verb before the augment ; as, άχ-ήκοα. 
 
 5. A few verbs omit the temporal augment, and a few 
 take the syllabic in its room. Όράω and ανοίγω take 
 both ; as, έ-ώ-ρακα. 
 
 Augment of the perfect. The perfect retains its aug- 
 ment throughout all the moods, and in the participle. 
 
 When the verb begins with a consonant, that conso- 
 nant is doubled (reduplication) before the augment of the 
 perfect ; as, <Γ-ε'-<πκα from <τίω, λ-=-λυκα from λύω. To 
 this the pluperfect prefixes an additional ε ; as, s-ts -d- 
 
 XSJV. 
 
 Note 1. In reduplication, a rough mute is changed into 
 its corresponding smooth one ; as, </τέ-φυκά for φε'-φυκα from 
 φύω, κε-χώρηχα for χε-χώρηκα from χωρέω, <τέ-%υκα for §ε~• 
 $υκα from %ύω. 
 
 2. When the verb begins with a double consonant or 
 with two single consonants of which the second is not a 
 liquid, or with γν, the first letter of the verb is not repeat- 
 ed ; as, έ'-ζηκα not ζέ-ζηκα. 
 
 3. The paulo-post future or third future follows the 
 perfect in respect to the augment. 
 
 TENSE-FORM. 
 
 The tense-form is the termination which marks and 
 distinguishes a tense. 
 
 Thus the <fw in τϊ-ίω is the tense-form of the first fu- 
 ture. 
 
VERBS. 45 
 
 ROOT. 
 
 The root of a verb is that which remains, when the 
 augment and tense-form are taken away. 
 
 Thus η is the root of ri-cto, ε-τι -rfa, and Xey is the 
 root of Xgy-w, iXsy-ov, &c. 
 
 Characteristic. The last letter of a root is called its 
 characteristic. 
 
 Thus γ is the characteristic of Xsy-w. 
 
 Two-fold roots* 
 
 Many verbs have a twofold root, i. e. an obsolete sim- 
 ple or short root, which was afterwards increased into the 
 existing long one. 
 
 1. Verbs in -tfrw. In these the <r is a strengthening, 
 addition. The true characteristic is generally tf, more 
 rarely one of the other Pi-mutes, β or <p ; as, 
 
 Long root, τυβτω κρύπτω \ά<κτω 
 
 Short root, ΤΤΠΩ ΚΡΤΒΩ ΤΑΦΩ 
 
 2. \ r erbs in -ottw. In these the true characteristic is 
 usually γ, more rarely one of the other kappa-mutes, χ 
 or γ. 
 
 Lons: root, πράόΰω φρίόΰω Ήτύΰΰω 
 
 Short root, ΠΡΑΓΩ ΦΡΙΚΩ ΠΤΤΧΩ 
 
 3. Verbs in -ζω. Most of these have their true cha- 
 racteristic in δ, some in γ, some in both, a few in γγ. 
 
 Long root, φράζω 'όζω οϊμώζω 
 
 Short root, ΦΡΑΔΩ 'ΟΔΩ ΟΓΜΩΓΩ 
 
 4. Verbs in -λλω and -μνω. The true root is short ; as, 
 Present, C -Τδλλω, Root, 2 ΤΕΛΩ. Present, τψνω, Root, 
 ΤΕΜΩ. So in φαίνω the true root is φάνω, in όπείρω, titi- 
 ρω, &c. In all these verbs, the tenses, except the present 
 and imperfect, are formed from the short root. In other 
 
 * To be read but not committed to memory. 
 4 
 
46 VERBS. 
 
 cases, the short root is confined to the second future and 
 second aorist. Thus, φύγω, εφυγον from the short root 
 φύγω, while the other tenses are from the lengthened root 
 φεύγω, 
 
 CONJUGATION. 
 
 Those tenses from which the others are regularly 
 formed, are the present, the first future, and the perfect 
 active ; and the perfect and first aorist passive. 
 
 These should therefore be mentioned in conjugating 
 the verb. 
 
 The first future active has -tfw for its tense-form ; as, 
 
 «n-tfuJ. 
 
 The perfect active has -a* or -κα for its tense-form, and 
 takes its appropriate augment ; as, τέ-τι-χα. 
 
 The perfect passive has -μαι for its tense-form, and takes 
 its appropriate augment ; as, τά-τι-μσ.ι. 
 
 The first aorist passive has -ύψ for its tense-form, and 
 takes the common augment ; as, ί-τΜην. 
 
 Some changes occur in the union of the tense-form 
 with the characteristic of the root, which will be more 
 easily understood by dividing verbs into five classes. 
 
 I. PURE VERBS. 
 
 Characteristic, a vowel or diphthong. 
 
 Pres. 1 Fut. Perf. active. Perf. pass. 1 Aorist pass. 
 
 <ri -ω τί -tfw τέ -τι -κα <rs -τι -μα» ε-<π -0ην 
 
 λοΰ-ω Xou-tfw λέ-λου-κα λε'-λου-μεα ε-Χού-ύην 
 
 * The regular tense -form of the perfect active is ά 
 (ha) i. e, α with a rough breathing. In some cases the 
 rough breathing is strengthened into κ, which is only a 
 • stronger aspirate ; as in «τε-τι-κα ; in others it unites with 
 the preceding smooth mute and forms a rough one ; by 
 rule 2, page 42 j as, λε-λεχα (λε-λεκ-ά) τέ-τυφα (-τε-τυ^-ά.) 
 
VERBS. 47 
 
 Conjugate εόΰίω, ΰεξαπεύω, κρούω, όύω, δακρύω, λυω, 
 φύω, κωλύω, βουλεύω. 
 
 1. Verbs in αω, εω, and οω, generally lengthen the 
 characteristic. 
 
 <π-μά-ω, -π-μή-ίω, τε-τί-μη-κα, τε-τίμη-μαί, ε-<πμή-0ην. 
 Examples for practice ; <5ηλόω, φιλε'ω, άκολου^εω, χρυ- 
 <fow. 
 
 2. Some verbs introduce € before the tense-form, in 
 the perfect and first aorist passive. 
 
 άκου-ω, ακούσω, oj -κου-κα, ^-κου-ίΓ-μαι, ή-κοϋ-ό'-όην. 
 Examples for practice ; έλκί/ω, χρίω, η>ιω, <ττευω, κελεύω, 
 /3ύω. 
 
 Π. TAU-VERBS. 
 
 Characteristic, one of the tau-mutes, (<r, δ, u,) or £. 
 
 These drop the tan-mute and ζ in the future (Rule 
 4, page 43,) and other tenses, and insert tf in the per- 
 fect and first aorist passive ; as, 
 
 Pres. 
 
 1 Fut 
 
 Perf. act. 
 
 Perf. pass. 
 
 1 Aorist pass. 
 
 άνύτ -ω 
 
 άνύ -ceo 
 
 -ζ-νυ -κα 
 
 7j-vu -tf -μα* 
 
 η-νύ -tf -6ψ 
 
 αδ -ω 
 
 atf -ω 
 
 τ?'-κα 
 
 oj-tf -μα» 
 
 η~0 -#ην 
 
 *εΜ -ω 
 
 «τεί^-ω 
 
 πέ-τει -κα 
 
 iri -^ει -tf -μα* 
 
 έ -tfei -tf -0η ν 
 
 φρά£ -ω 
 
 φρά -ο*ω 
 
 τέ-φρα-κα 
 
 πέ-φρα-α 1 -μα» 
 
 ε-φρά -tf -0ην 
 
 Conjugate κλείνω, #ε'ρ£ω, λή0ω, άρρά^ω, εγγίζω, 
 όπεύδω. 
 
 When the tau-mute is preceded by v, both letters are 
 dropped, and the preceding vowel is lengthened ; as, 
 ΟΆτε'νδω, ονείίΤω. 
 
 Some verbs in ζ belong to the third class, and have 
 the future in ξω ; as, κρά£ω, κράξω. A few have the fu- 
 ture in 7ξω ; as, σαλτηξω, όαΧνίγξω. 
 
48 VERES. 
 
 III. PI-VERBS. 
 
 Characteristic \ a pi-mute jV, /3, φ*) 
 
 Tense-forms. 
 
 Pres. 1 Fut. Perf. act. Perf. pass. 1 Aor. pass. 
 
 -ώ -ψω -φα -μαι or -μμα* -0ην β 
 
 τέρτ -ω <τε'ρ -ψω* «τε'-τ-ερ -cpocf* «τε'-τερ -μαι ε-Γερφ§ -0ην. 
 
 τρί/3 -ω τρί -ψω* τε'-<τρ» -φα τε'-τριμ -μαι^ £-rpi(p§ -£tjv, 
 
 Τ'ράφ-ω ^-ρά-ψω* γά-γρα-φα γύ-γραμ-μαί] ε-γρ&φ -όην. 
 
 Examples for practice ; *wtw, κότττω, κρυφτώ, αλείφω, 
 
 IV. KAPPA VERBS. 
 
 Characteristic, a kappa-mute, (κ, χ, χ) or (f<f, ττ. 
 
 Tense-forms. 
 
 Pres. 1 Fut. Perf. act, Perf. pass. 1 Aor. pass. 
 
 "W "£ ω "Χ α -/μαι -χ^Ψ» 
 
 ιτλεκ -ω tfXg-fJw* crg -τλε-χα j' ^ε'-^λε^-μαι ε- ι π , λεχ§ -Αην. 
 
 \έγ -ω λέ -|ω* λε'-λε -χα"{" λέ-λεχ -μαι ^-λδ'χ§ -0ην. 
 
 βξέχ-ω βρέ-ξω* βέ-βρε-χα. βε-βρεγ -μαι ε-βρεχ -6ψ. 
 
 Examples for practice : «ratfo'w, δήκω, «τρά^ω, φυλάγω, 
 
 φευ^ω, ά^ω, τεύχω, α^χω. 
 
 * For <τέριί-ΰω 9 τρίβ-ΰω, ypacp-tfw, flrXgx-tfw, Xs'y-OOj, 
 βρέχ-ΰω, by uniting 1 the mute and tf into the double con- 
 sonant. Rule 3, page 43. 
 
 | For τέ-τ-ερ-ϊτ-ά, ττε-^λρ-κ-ά, by uniting the mute with 
 the rough breathing. Rule 2, page 42. 
 
 f The mute, if preceded by a vowel, is changed into 
 μ before -μαι, the kappa-mute into γ. Rule 6. page 43. 
 
 § The smooth mute before, -0ην is strengthened into 
 the rough one ; as, ί-τύρφ-6ψ for έ-τέρχ-ΰψ. Rule 10, 
 page 43. 
 
VERBS. 45 
 
 V. LIQUID VERBS. 
 
 Tenses. 
 
 Future. Liquid verbs have properly no first future. 
 The second future takes its place, and is formed by short- 
 ening the penult of the present. 
 
 Characteristic , one of the liquids, λ, μ, ν, p. 
 
 Tense-forms. 
 
 Pres. 2 Fut. Perf. act. Perf. pass. 1 Aorist pass. 
 
 -ω -ω -κα -μαι -ύψ» 
 
 κρίν-ω κριν-ώ κε-κρι-κα κε'-κρι-μαι ε-κρί-<3ην. 
 
 In shortening the future, the latter of two vowels or 
 
 consonants is dropped ; as, 
 
 Σφάλλω, ίφαλω ) dropping 
 εμνω τεμω, ί λ or v. 
 
 Pres. εγείρω 2Fut. Ι/δρω ϊ drop - 
 χαίρω χαρώ / pingi. ■ 
 
 Examples for practice ; άγγίΚΚω, ε'/είρω, χαίρω, #άλ- 
 λω. 
 
 Many verbs of this class are irregular in the perfect 
 and other tenses. 
 
 1. Verbs in εινω, and those of two syllables in λω and 
 ρω, change ε into α before κα of the perfect ; as, 
 
 xt si -νω κτε-νω Ικ-τα -κα ε'κ-τα -μαι ε'κ-τά -ύψ. 
 βΥελ-λω σνε-λώ έ'^-ταλ-κα έν-ταλ-μαι ε^-τάλ-όην. 
 
 2. Those in εμω and εμνω have their perfect in μηκα, 
 from an obsolete verb in μεω ; as, 
 
 νεμ -ω νε-μω νε-νε-μη-κα 
 τε'μν-ω <τε-μω τε-τε'-μη-κα 
 
 Irregularities in particular instances need not here be 
 noticed. 
 
50 
 
 SIGNIFICATION OF THE 
 
 Active. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 I strike, thou 
 strikest, &c. Dual 
 Ye two strike,&c. 
 
 strike. 
 
 may I strike, or 
 I might strike. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 I was striking, or continued striking, or struck 
 
 lst&2d 
 Future. 
 
 I shall strike. 
 
 
 might I strike 
 (at some future 
 time.) 
 
 lst&2d 
 Aorist. 
 
 I struck. 
 
 strike, or 
 have struck. 
 
 might I strike. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 I have struck. 
 
 have struck. 
 
 may I have 
 struck. 
 
 Pluper. 
 
 I had struck. 
 
 
 
 Passive. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 I am struck. 
 
 be struck. 
 
 may I be struck, 
 or I might be 
 struck. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 I was struck. 
 
 
 
 Perf. 
 
 I have been 
 struck. 
 
 have been 
 struck 
 
 may I have been 
 struck. 
 
 Pluper. 
 
 I had been struck. 
 
 
 
 lst&2d 
 Future. 
 
 I shall be struck. 
 
 
 may I be struck 
 (at some future 
 time.) 
 
 lst&2d 
 Aorist. 
 
 I was struck. 
 
 be struck. 
 
 might I be struck. 
 
 Fut. 3d 
 or pau- 
 lo-post. 
 
 I shall have been 
 struck. 
 
 
 may I have been 
 struck. 
 
MOODS AND TENSES. 51 
 
 Subjunctive. Infinitive. Participle. 
 
 (that) 
 
 strike. 
 
 may 
 
 to strike. 
 
 striking. 
 
 from time to time. 
 
 
 to be about to 
 strike. 
 
 about to strike. 
 
 (that) I might 
 strike. 
 
 to strike, or to 
 have struck. 
 
 striking, or having 
 struck. 
 
 (that) I may have 
 struck. 
 
 to have struck. 
 
 having struck. 
 
 
 
 
 (that) I may be 
 struck. 
 
 to be struck. 
 
 being struck. 
 
 
 
 
 (that) I may have 
 been struck. 
 
 to have been 
 struck. 
 
 having been struck. 
 
 
 
 
 
 to be about to be 
 struck. 
 
 about to be struck• 
 
 (that) I might be 
 struck. 
 
 to be struck, or 
 to have been 
 struck. 
 
 struck. 
 
 
 to be about to 
 have been struck. 
 
 about to have been 
 struck. 
 
VERBS. 
 
 [Active 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 S. τύπΊ-ω-εις -ε/ 
 D. -έ7ον-ε7ον 
 
 P. -ομεν-ε7ε-ουο"ί 
 
 S. §'7u«7r7-ov -$ς -ε 
 D. -έΐον-ίΐψ 
 
 P. -ομεν -ε7ε -ov 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 TU9r7 -ε -ε7ω 
 -ε7ον-ε7ων 
 -ε7ε -s^wtfav 
 
 1st Fut. 
 
 S. τίψ-ω -ει$ -ε* 
 D. -s7ov-s7ov 
 
 P. -ομεν-ε7ε -ου Λ 
 
 wanting. 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 S. έ'τυψ-α -ας -ε 
 D. -α7ον -ά7ην 
 
 Ρ. -αμεν-α7ε -αν 
 
 τόψ -ον -ά7ω 
 -α7ον -ά7ων 
 α7ε -άϊΐωΰαν 
 
 Perf. Act- 
 or 
 
 1st Perf. 
 
 S. τίίυφ-α, -ας -ε 
 D. -α7ον -α7ον 
 
 Ρ. -αμεν -α7ε -ασΊ 
 
 «Γέ7υφ -ε ' -έ7ω 
 -ε7ον-έ7ων 
 -ε7ε -ύΊωόοιχ 
 
 Plup. Act 
 
 or 
 1st Plup. 
 
 S. ε<τε7υφ-ειν -εις -si 
 D. -ει7ον -εΠην 
 
 P. -ειμεν-ε^ε-εκΤαν 
 
 (stfav) 
 
 2d Fut. 
 
 S. cw-w -s% -εΓ 
 D. -εΓ7ον-εϊ7ον 
 Ρ -ουμεν-εΓ7ε-ουαΊ 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 S. ΙΙυτ-ον -ες -ε 
 D. -ε7ον-ε'7ην 
 
 Ρ. -ομεν-ε7ε -ον 
 
 wanting. 
 
 ς -OV -ε -ε'7αι 
 -ε7ον -ε7ων 
 -ε7ε -ύΊωΰαν 
 
 2d Perf. or 
 Perf. Μ, 
 
 S. rslvrf-cL -ας -ε, &c. 
 dec. like the Perf. Act. 
 
 rslvrf -ε -ε'7ω, &c. 
 through all the moods. 
 
 2d Plup. 
 Plup. M. 
 
 S. irsluit-eiv-sig-si, &c. 
 declined like the 1st 
 
 Pluperf. Active. 
 
Voice.] 
 
 verbs. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Infinit. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 rwrl -οιμι -οις -οι 
 
 -οιΊον-οΊΊψ 
 -οι,αεν-οι7ε -oisv 
 
 τύ<κΊ-ω -γις -jj 
 
 -η7ον-η7ον 
 -ωμεν-η7ε-ωαΊ 
 
 Tjiflr7 -ειν 
 
 τύπ^-ων 
 
 
 
 
 
 τυψ -οιμι -οις -οι 
 
 -οι7ον-οί7ην 
 -οιμεν -oils -oisv 
 
 wanting. 
 
 -τύψ-ειν 
 
 τύψ-ων 
 
 τόψ-αιμι -αΐ£ -σ.ι 
 
 -αι7ον-αί7ην 
 -αιμεν-αι7ε -αιεν 
 
 τύψ-ω -^ -τ? 
 
 -η7ον-η7ον 
 ωμεν-η7ε-ωσΊ 
 
 τυψ-αι 
 
 τύψ-α£ 
 
 «-ε7όφ-οιμι -οΐ£ -οι 
 
 -οι7ον-οΠην 
 -οιμεν-οι7ε -οιεν 
 
 τεΊύφ-ω -γις -y\ 
 -η7ον-η7ον 
 ωμεν-η7ε-ω<7Ί 
 
 τε7υφ-δναί 
 
 τε7υφ-ώ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 *w -οΓμ/ -οίΐ; -οΓ 
 
 -οΠον-οΠην 
 -οΓμεν-οΠε -οΓεν 
 
 wanting. 
 
 rutf -εΓν 
 
 τυ^-ων 
 
 *w -οιμι -οΐ£ -οι 
 
 -οίΙον-οίΊψ 
 -οιμεν-οι7ε -οιεν 
 
 -η7ον-η7ον 
 -ωμ?ν-η7ε -ωΰΊ 
 
 rw -είν 
 
 <π>#-ών 
 
 «7ϋΑΤ-0Ι/ΧΙ -0Ι£ -01, &C. 
 
 TS%tf-u -τ\ς -ji.&c. 
 
 rs7uflr-svai 
 
 τέΐυπ-ώζ 
 
 
 
 
 
54 LESSON ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Lesson on the Active Voice. 
 
 .a* 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Tfe ItfTiv ούτος #ερι ου εγώ άκουα) τοιαύτα ; 
 
 Ει 5s άλή^ειαν λ g y ω, διατί ύμεΐς ου <κ ι C τ ε ύ s 7 ε μοι ; 
 
 Άνήρ (ο* ώ £ ε ι) άνδρα, και <7τόλΐ£ tf ώ £ ε ι «πΌ'λιν. 
 
 Έ^ώ μεν β air τ ίζ ω υμάς εν Μάτι sfe μετάνοιαν. 
 
 Ή χειρ την χε'Γρα ν ί # τ s ι. 
 
 Συ μου ν ί αγ τ ε ι ς τους ητόδας ; 
 
 Β λ ε * ε ι £ ταύτας τα£ μ,εγαΚας οικοίομά^ ; ^ 
 
 ? 5ε μι<?0ωτο£ φεύγει, ο τι μιο^ωτο'έ JaViv. 
 
 Οι πολέμιοι φ ε' υ y ο υ σΊ, ήμεΐ£ δε δ ι ώ κ ο μ ε ν. 
 
 Συ λε^εΐ£ οτι βαύϊΚεύς ε/μι. 
 
 Φόβος ουκ IVtiv εν ttj άγάιττ^ αλλ' η τελεία aya^ έξω 
 
 βάλλει τον φόβον. 
 01 Ζέφυροι # ρ α υ ν ο υ tf ι τα κύματα της άγοίας βαλάο^η^. 
 Σοφία μο'νη ά(5άνατο£ μένει. 
 *ΤμεΓ$ ου «7f ; tf τ ε υ ε τ ε• ου yap sots h των #ρο/3άτων των 
 
 έμων. 
 Ό ηλιο£ τ ε λ λ ε ι, και ουρανός λάμνει, 
 "Αρη£ α, γ ε ι θάνατον, και κ7)ρα μέλαιναν. 
 Ή #ενία μόνη τας τεχνα£ ε γ ε ί ρ ε ι. 
 'Eyw μεν υμΓν την Ιμήν γνωμ,ψ λ ε y ω. 
 'Ακμάζει τα αν(3η, και εγώ Στεφάνους <κ λ ε κ ω. 
 Ό λύκο$ την aiya διώκει. 
 
LESSON ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 55 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Formation. The imperfect is formed from the present 
 by changing ω into ov, and prefixing the augment ; as, 
 τί-ω, έ"-τι-ον. 
 
 Signification 1, Was, The imperfect represents an ac- 
 tion as present to some past time ; as, §'ypa<pov ενκΤτολήν, 
 i was writing a letter, when, &c The time thus refer- 
 red to is not always expressed, but rather implied in the 
 context. 
 
 ΈκεΓνοί Si ζ\εγ ε περί του ναού του (ίώματοί αυτού. 
 
 2. Hence, the imperfect is used in narration to repre- 
 sent an action as continued ; while the aorist represents 
 it as simply performed. 
 
 Οί άλλο* η ρ π α ζ ο ν την «πΌ'λιν. 
 ΟΙ ότρατιωται ή^ο'ρα^ον τα επιτήδεια. 
 Χαλκός έλαμνε, ώί άνίερο^η tfa7poi Διόί. 
 Ουδέ γαρ οι αδεΧφοι αύτου ε <κ ί ϋ τ ε υ ο ν ε)ς αυτόν, 
 Κα/ δια τούτο ί δ ί ω κ ο ν τον 'IyjtfSv οι 'Ιουδαίοι. 
 "Αλλοι δε ν εκο^τον κλάδους atfo των δε'νδρων και Ιατ- 
 ρών ν υ ο ν εν τ^ οδω. 
 Αυτοί δε ο ΊηπΌυί ουκ ε *πτ / tf τ ε υ ε ν Ιαυτον αυτοΓί. 
 
 3. Hence, the imperfect represents an action which is 
 done statedly ^ or from &'me to time. 
 
 ΊίΜΤοκόμοί τον iWov έτριβε και ε κ τ έ ν ι £ ε <χά<ϊας 
 
 ήμέραί. 
 Κυροί «7Γολλάκ{ί /3ίκουί ο /νου ε tf ε μ ir ε τοίί φίλοι^. 
 ΊησΌυί αυτοί ουκ ε /3 ά * τ ι ζ ε ν, αλλ' οι μαόητο» αυτοί;. 
 
56 LESSON ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 Signification. The same as in English. 
 Και αξω αυτούς εις την ο/κίαν μου. 
 Λ ε ζ ο μ ε ν και # ρ ά £ ο μ ε ν ταύτα. 
 Ό λύκο£ ά ρ it α 4 ε ι και 4 κ ο ρ κ ί 4 ε ι τά Πρόβατα. 
 Και β α4 ιΧεύ 4 ε ι gVi τον οίκον Ίακώ/3 ε/$ του£ αιώνας, και 
 
 τ?}£ βα4ι\ε\ας αυτού ουκ έ'αται τέλος. 
 Οι βάρβαροι δ ι ώ ξ ο υ σΊ κα/ τ ρ ε ψ ο υ (Τ ι ήμα£. 
 *0 τι* δικαιο'τατο'ν (ε^τι,) και ιτρος όεων\ και crpc^ avfywfl'wv, 
 
 τούτο * ρ α ξ ω. 
 Τι #οιήσΌμεν τοΐ£ οίν^ρώ^οι^ τούτοις ; 
 Έκ του ονόματος 4ου κ ρ ί ν ω 4ε. 
 ΈΊ τις τον ναόν του Θεού φ&ίρε'ι, φ ό ε ρ ε Γ τούτον δ Θεο'^. 
 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 Formation. The first aorist is formed from the first 
 future, bj changing ω into α and prefixing the augment ; 
 
 as, Ti'-tfOj, I'-Ti-tfa, τυψ-ω, ε-τυψ-α. 
 
 In liquid verbs this tense is formed from the second fu- 
 ture, by lengthening a into η and ε into si in the penult ; 
 as, ψάλω, εψηλα, στελω•, έστειλα. In a few instances the 
 first aorist is irregular. 
 
 Signification. The aorists denote simply a past action 
 or occurrence, without determining the period of its ter- 
 mination, and without leaving the mind to dwell upon it 
 as a continued action. Hence in narration, when the 
 writer would fix our attention on an action as continued 
 the imperfect is used, when simply as performed^ without 
 reference to duration, the aorist is used. 
 
 * That which. 
 
 | Before, i. e. in the estimation of Gods, &c. 
 
LESSON ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. FIRST PERFECT. 67 
 
 ΟΙ "Ελληνες ε ν Ί κ η (f α ν τους Tlsptfag. 
 
 *E *κ ε μ ψ ε ν ευ'0υ£ μίαν και ει'κοσΊ τριήρεις. 
 
 Έ φύλαξαν τά$ διαβάόεις των τοταμων και §'φρα|αν 
 τα£ οδου£. 
 
 ΟΙ hnriTg των Συρακούσιων ε φ ύ ε ι ξ αν την χώραν. 
 
 Ό Κάδμος J κ ό μ ι σ ε ν εκ Φοινίκης τά χράμμα7α gfe την 
 ΈΧλάδα. 
 
 Ό Θεο£ ε at ο ί η tf ε τον ουρανδν, και την χην, και την θάλασ- 
 σαν κα» Ατάν7α τά £ν αύ7οΐ$. 
 
 Οι όχλοι ε#αυμασαν κα/ έ δ ο' ξ α σ α ν τον Θεόν. 
 
 Και ε ί'λκ υ tfav αυτούς εις την ayopav ε*π του£ άρχοντας, 
 
 From its indefinite nature the aorist is used to denote 
 a thing that occurs repeatedly ) or is wont to take place. 
 
 Ό Σωκράτης ε δ ίδ α ξ ε* του£ μα£η7ά£ άμισ#ί. 
 
 Οι Πε'ρσαι ε *& ο λ ε μ η σ α ν\ προύύμως και 0α||αλε'ω£. 
 
 The aorist, from its indefinite sense, is often used to 
 express what is generally or universally true, where in 
 English we use the present. 
 
 Ou7o'<r εοτ7ιν ο υιός μου ο άγαπηΊος, εν ω ευδόκησα. 
 
 PERFECT ACTIVE, OR FIRST PERFECT. 
 
 Signification ; have, have been. The perfect connects 
 a past action with the present time ; and marks the 
 action either as just completed, or as completed and still 
 existing in itself or its consequences. 
 
 Ή tilting σου σ ε σ ω κ ί σε. 
 
 Έχω <7τ ε «τ ί σ τ ε υ κ α οτι συ ει ο Xpitf7o£ δ υ»ο£ του Θεοί;. 
 
 * Was accustomed to teach. f Usually fought. 
 
58 LESSON ON THE ACTIVE VOICE.--PLUPERFECT ACTIVE. 
 
 ΟυΊος μεν ά#άν7ων δεόητόΊψ έαυ7ον if ε tf ο ί η κ s v. 
 Ή Χύιϊη <κε*κ\η ρ ωχεν υμών την χαρδίαν. 
 Ουκ syw aVo £ρυΟ£* «ττ ε φ υ κ α άλλ 1 εξ άν^ρώ-τοον. . 
 Ay^sXos αυτω λελάληκεν. 
 
 ι Τμε?£ art ε <ϊ τ ά\χ olT ε if ροζ τον Ίωάννην, και (εκείνος) 
 μεμαρτύρηκε rfi αλητεία. 
 
 Hence the perfect is often used in Greek, where in 
 English we use the present. This is peculiarly the case 
 with the perfect middle. 
 
 Ήμεΐ£ π ε <κ ι tf 7 ε ύ κ α μ ε ν, ο7ι (Τυ ει δ Xpitf7o^, δ Ύιδ$ του 
 Θεού. 
 
 PLUPERFECT ACTIVE, OR FIRST PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Formation. The pluperfect is formed from the per- 
 fect by changing α into ειν and prefixing the augment ; 
 
 as, τε'7υφα, ε-τέΊυφειν. 
 
 When the perfect begins with a vowel, the augment 
 remains unaltered ; as, έψαλκα, εψάλκειν. 
 
 Signification ; had. The pluperfect denotes that an 
 action was already completed, when another action be- 
 gan, or was performing. 
 
 Ό λύκο£ η ξ nc ά κ ε ι τον Ιρ/φον. 
 
 Ό #α7ήρ και μψηρ μου εΊ ε Ί ε \ ε υΊ w χ ε <f α ν. 
 
 SECOND AORIST.f 
 
 This tense is always derived from an obsolete short 
 
 * δρυς. 
 
 | No examples of the second future are given, be- 
 cause, with the exception of liquid verbs, there is no cer- 
 tainty that this tense is ever used in the active voice. 
 
LESSON ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. — SECOND AORIST. 59 
 
 root, and belongs to those verbs only, whose present is 
 a strengthened form of such roots.* 
 
 Formation. The second aorist is formed from the pre- 
 sent by changing ω into ov and prefixing the augment ; 
 as, "Κεγω 9 sXsyov. 
 
 The penult of the present is shortened to form the 
 second aorist. 
 
 1. By dropping τ and the latter of two liquids ; as, 
 τύ#τω, eVutfov, βάλλω, εβαΚον. 
 
 2. By changing at and η into α : as, καίω, εκαον, λή0ω, 
 Ιλαόον. 
 
 3. By dropping the first vowel of ει and ευ ; as, λεί^ω, 
 έ'λΐ'ττον, φευ^ω, εφυγον. 
 
 But in %wzfl? veris, ει is changed into α in dissylla- 
 bles ; as, σπείρω, εαναρον ; into ε in polysyllables ; as, 
 ά^είρω, ηγερον'. 
 
 4. In dissyllables, ε before a mute is commonly chang- 
 ed into α ; as, «rpsVw, ετραΐτον. 
 
 Verbs in -<Λίω and -ττω, have usually the second aorist 
 in -γον ; as, «ττράο'α'ω, §Vpa^ov. 
 
 Some in -ζω have this tense in -£ov ; as, φρά£ω, εφρα- 
 δον.* 
 
 Some in -ττ-τω, have the 2d aorist in -cpov ; as, βΛΐίτω > 
 Ι/3αφον.* 
 
 Signification, the same as that of the first aorist. 
 
 Ουδείς του θάνατον ε φ υ γ ε ν. 
 
 Έ κ τ ά ν ε τ ε «τον αριατον των 'Αχαιών. 
 
 Ό Κυρο£ #οταμον ε τ ρ α * ε. "Itftfoi ε λ ι <ί ο ν άρματα. 
 
 Ή ναυς ε τ α μ ε ^άλασσ'αν. Λ Ε φ $ α ρ ε «ττυρ Ι'λην. 
 
 * See two-fold roots, page 45. Hence a large pro- 
 portion of verbs have no second aorist. In such cases 
 the first aorist is used : and, indeed, very few verbs have 
 both these tenses in use. 
 
60 LESSON ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 Έχεΐνος Ι β α λ ε κύτους είς φυλακών. 
 
 Kpoftfos, Λυδων βαόιλεύς, ά <χ ε β α λ ε την αρχήν. 
 
 PERFECT MIDDLE * 
 
 The perfect middle may commonly be formed from 
 the second aorist by changing ov into a, prefixing the 
 augment. 
 
 Signification. See the perfect active. 
 The penult is commonly lengthened, or changed into 
 ο or of. 
 
 Έκ τούτου του χρόνου άεΐ καλω£ *r έ if ρ α γ α. 
 
 Ου ά κ ή κ ο α^| ώ$ οι τίτςιγες, ovrsg avdpowroi το #αλαίον,£ 
 
 efe ορνι^α^• μετάβαλον ; 
 Ά «Ό λ S λ ο ί m α tfi ν§ η^ά£ έκ^Γνοι οι οίνΑρ&ΜΓοι. 
 
 PLUPERFECT MIDDLE. 
 
 This tense is formed from the perfect middle by chang- 
 ing α into gjv, and assuming the augment ; as, TsVutfa, 
 
 J-TSTUtfSlV. 
 
 COMPOUND VERBS. 
 
 Verbs compounded with a preposition, take the aug- 
 ment between the preposition and the verb ; as, ■π'οοσ'βε- 
 §ληκα, ΑΤροοΛίβαλλον, from ίτροα^άλλω. 
 
 * The more common name of this tense in English 
 books, is perfect middle, though it has not the sense of 
 that voice. This tense belongs to comparatively few 
 verbs. 
 
 Ί* ακούω. 
 
 J το tfaXcciov is taken adverbially, formerly, 
 
 § cwroXsiVw. 
 
LESSON ON COMPOUND VERBS. 61 
 
 1. ix'm composition becomes Ιξ before a vowel; as, 
 ίκβάλλω, έ^βαλλον. 
 
 2. sv and tfiv, which lose ν before a consonant, resume 
 it before a vowel ; as, εμμένω, ενέμενον. 
 
 Rale. 
 
 Prepositions in composition lose their final vowel, if 
 the simple verb begins with a vowel ; as, ετΰίγω, for 
 ί&ιέχω ; except περί and Ήρό, and sometimes άμφί. 
 
 If the simple verb begins with an aspirate, the preced- 
 ing smooth mute of the preposition is changed into its 
 cognate rough one ; as, άφαιρεω, from oVo and αιρέω. 
 
 Ό δε Κύρος δ ι ε <κ ε μ it ε τας των ιππέων τάξεις κατά τάς 
 
 οδούς. 
 Ό άνηρ ccyados ουκ as/ απολαύει των της αρετής χαξ- 
 
 «των. 
 05 «ττονη^ο? εις το χερδ^ς μόνον άΐτοβΧέ'Βϊονύι• 
 Θη^εύς την Ά ριάδνην εν Νάξω κ α τ ε λ ι *κ ε χαι ε ξ ε it λ ε υ» 
 
 tfs v.* 
 Οί «ττολεμιοι ά'Τεχώρησ'ανΙ* νυκτός. 
 'Eyw άτοσ'τελλω ύμα£ ω£ πρόβατα ίν με<ίω λύκων. 
 Οί άνεμοι καί η Qahadtfa vrf αχ ου ο υό ι ν αύτ&. 
 'Εκείνος* ά<κ εό τ ε ι\εν αυτούς sfe την αμπελώνα αυτοί/. 
 2ωκρά7ην τον οΌφον ά#ε'κ7ειναν οί Αθηναίο/. 
 Ό avSpwtfos μ ε 7 ε* χ ε ι της ύε'ιας φύόεως. 
 01 *η\οι>ΰιοι μέγα δι αφ ε ρ ο υ d ι τών πενήτων. 
 ΟΙ άνόη7οι <ολλα£ και μεγαΚας όυμφοξάς ε Ιόν ί#7ο»- 
 
 tfl ν. 
 
 * Ικιτλεω. f a^o^wpiw. 
 
 5 
 
62 VERBS. 
 
 Lesson on the Imperative. 
 
 Μη κ ζ ί ν ε τ ε -χατ' όψιν, αλλά την δικαίαν κρι'αΊν κρίνα- 
 τε. 
 
 Ει ΰέΧεις άγα&ος είναι, Πρώτον πίότευ<ϊον οτι κακδς ει. 
 
 Λ ύ <f α τ ε τον ναόν «τούτον, και εν τριίιν ήμε'ραι$ ε^ερω αυτόν. 
 
 Φεύγετε κα/ tf ώ <5 α τ ε τά<; ψυχά$ ύμων. 
 
 'Ετοιμάζατε την δ(5ον Κυρίου. 
 
 "Ανδρες, ακούγατε του£ λό^ου$ μου. 
 
 Ει 5ε ή χείρ σΌυ, ή δ tfous Σου Σκανδαλίζει Σε, Ι κ κ ο ψ ο ν 
 αυτά και β ά λ ε ά# ό βΌυ. 
 
 ΜεΓνον με0' ημών οτι #ρο£ εονε'ραν ε0τί ? και κεκλικεν η 
 ήμερα. 
 
 Θερα«τευε7ε του£ άσ^ενει^, κα; λ ε y ε 7 ε αυτο?£, ήγγιχεν 
 εφ' υμα£ ή βασΊλεία του Θεού. 
 
 Μνημόνευε νε'ο$ ων ως γύρων etfij «ίΤοτε. 
 
 Μή ένεκεν βρωμαΊος * α 7 ά λ υ ε το I'pyov του Θεού. 
 
 Έ * ί /3 λ ε ψ ο ν gVi τον υιόν μου, δτι μονογενή?; έσνί μοι. 
 
 Ουτο£ εστί ο υιός μου δ ά^α«7Τητο£, αυτού ά κ ο ύ ε τ ε. 
 
 *Ε κ τ ε ι ν ο ν την γεΐρά, σΌυ. 2wtfov ^εαυτόν. 
 
 Α υ C ο ν το υπόδημα των «ττοδών σΌυ. 
 
VERBS. 63 
 
 Lesson on the Subjunctive* 
 
 Formation. The subjanctive is formed from the in- 
 dicative, by lengthening the vowels of the tense-form 
 into η and ω. Thus, 
 
 Ind. τυτ7-ω, -Big, -ει ; -ετον, -ετον ; -ομεν, -δτε, -ουαΊ. 
 Subj. τύπτ-ω, -$£, ~y\ ; -ητον, -ητον ; -ωμεν, -ητε, -ωσΊ. 
 
 Signification. May, might, fyc. as in English. 
 Πο'0εν ά^οράαΌμεν αρ7ου£ ίνα φ ά y ω ο* ι ν ούτοι ; 
 "Οσ'Ίΐέ αν «ττ ο t ή tf τ] το όε'λημα του Πατρός μου του εν ούξα- 
 
 νο~£, αυτός μου αδελφός και αδελφή, και μήτ^ρ εο'τίν. 
 Έάν ουν δ Τίο£ υμα& έλευ^ερώο 1 ;/], όντως ελεύθεροι stistius. 
 Ουκ ην έκεΓνο£ το φως, άλλα ί'να μαρτυρήο*^ «ττερ/ του φω7ο'£. 
 r Hpav ουν λι'0ου£• ί'να β α λ ω ti ι ν sV αυ7ο'ν. 
 Έάν υμε?£ μ ε ι ν η τ ε εν τω Xoyw τω εμω, άλη$ω£ μα$ηταί 
 
 μου stirs. 
 Διοχε'νη^Ι ελε^εν οτι μεν οί άλλο» κυνε£ του$ εχ$ρου£ δάκνουοΥ 
 
 ε^ώ δε του£ φίλους, ί'να ti ώ (Γ ω. 
 
 In the first and second persons, the subjunctive is 
 used in exhortations, where in English we use the im- 
 perative. 
 
 *A γ ω μ ε ν #ρο£ αυτόν. 
 Μηκε'τι ουν αλλήλους κ ρ ί ν ω μ ε ν. 
 Μή ti φ ρ αγ ί ti ύ} ς τους Χόγους τούδε βιβΧίου. 
 Μηδέν/ (ίυμφοράν ο ν ε ι δ ί ti ρς, κοινή γάξ> (stiri) ή τύχη. 
 Μη φ ρ ά tf τ) ς εγκώμια υπέρ <Χεαυ%ΰ> άλλα λε'^ε μάλλον 
 ειταινον άλλων άν^ρώττων. ι 
 
 * As the optative occurs more rarely, and is less easily 
 understood than the other moods, no exercises upon i% 
 are here given. 
 
 | Diogenes was called κύων, (a dog,) from his cynical 
 disposition. 
 
64 VERBS 
 
 Lesson on the Infinitive. 
 
 Oi νομοί παλαιοί των Ελλήνων χαι των 'Ρωμαίων κωλυουβΊ τ£ 
 
 Γϋ^ς-ειν ελευθέρου ς. 
 Ου ^φδιόν ifat μεταβάλλειν τήν (putfiv «ττονηράν. 
 Νε'οι οντε£ #ελετε μάλλον ά κ ο υ ε ι ν «των γεραιτάρων η των 
 
 νεωτέρων. 
 "Εμελλον α ξ ε ι ν τον ο'τρατό'ν. 
 
 Χαλεπό' ν ctfTi 5 ι α κ ρ Γ ν α ι τον κόλακα* και τον φίλο ν. 
 *Ελε^εν Ετεοκλή, δ Λάκων, δύο Autfavfyous Σ#άρτην| μή 
 
 αν ύ«πΌ μ είν α ι. 
 Οι Λακεδαιμόνιοι ενόμι^ον του£ Ά^ηναίου^ λελυκεναι τάζ 
 
 (ϊπονδάς. 
 Ουκ δθελεν αύβι λ ί π ε Γν του^ iV«rou£. 
 'Ενώ και #ύ «ττολλά ένεκα του ά ρ s tf κ ε ι ν τί; «ττόλει ε«τράξα- 
 
 μεν. 
 
 Lesson on Participles. 
 
 *l6s δ άμνό^ του Θεού, δ α ι: ρ ω ν τ^ν άμαρτ/αν του κόσμου. 
 *Αν0ρω<πΌΐ τον θάνατον φεύ^οντε^ ΛώκουβΊ. 
 "Ηκω (ppacOutfaj νύμφης (?υμφοράν. 
 
 Κ α λ ε tf α £ δ Κύρος Άρά^ην, τούτον sxiXsutfe 5ιαφυλά|αι 
 τήν γυναικά. 
 
 Άκούό'αντεέέΗ ταί/τα, άνα^ελλουόΊ τοΓς στ^ατιώταις. 
 
 'Εγώ /3ε/3ιωκω£§ ετη εννέα, ταΰτα γράφω. 
 
 Και έκ/3αλόν7ε$ αυτόν εξω του άμ^ελωνος, άττεκίειναν. 
 
 * κόλαξ. | Σ^άρτην is the accusative before Ceo- 
 
 μείναι» J φρά£ω. § /3ιόω. 
 
VERBS, 65 
 
 Promiscuous. 
 
 Και ήγείξεν δ Κύξ ιος tiulr\ga τω λαω και εύωϋεν αΰΐούζ. 
 
 Συ εϊ ό άνηξ ο «ττοιήσ'ας του7ο. 
 
 Νομίζω 5ε υμάς i/uuo/ ε/ναι παΊξίδα, και ν φίλους. 
 
 Άκούναν7ες 5ε ταυ7α οί αγγεΧοι άναγγέΚΚουόι τοΓς αΊξοίΙώ- 
 7αις. 
 
 β Ο 5έ χαΊαφεύγει εις το έαυ7ου <τ7£α7ευμα, και ευόύς παραγγέ\- 
 λ*ι εις τα oVXa. 
 
 f O 5' Ό|όν7ας νομί^ας ε7οίμους εΓναι τους )ππέας, γξαφει ε#ι- 
 (ΛοΧήν #α£ά βααΊλε'α. 
 
 Οι 5ε ταυ7α axouVav7sg, αΰ7οί τε ή^αν tfoXu «π^ο^υμόΊερο/, και 
 τοΓς άλλοις ζξηγγε\\ον. 
 
 Οι Έλληνες (ίυμβαλο'ντες, τους βαξξάρους ενίκηο'αν. 
 
 e O 5ε Κυ£ος καταμα^τών ταύτα εκάλεσ'ε αυΐο'ν. 
 
 Οι Ά&ηναΓοι τους νεκρούς ύνολαβο'ντες, ά#ε'*'λευα'αν. 
 
 Του7ο 5ε ιΐοιηόσς, ^έα'βεις πέμπει προς βαόιΚύα. 
 
 Οι ΦωκεΓς Ιμβαλο'ντες εις την <7Τολιν, «πΌλλά χρήμα7α έ'λαβον. 
 
 Και α#μενοι ελαβον «ττροφαοΊν 0τρα7ε*ϋ6ΐν Itfj τους 'Αθηναίους. 
 
 Πόλεμος εστί μύγα κακόν, του7ου 5ε «τλεΓ^ον μέρος οι τύραννοι 
 μετε'χουαΊν. 
 
 ΙΙολλοι 5εον ό7αι βία too των 5ουλων αζϊε'&ανον. 
 
 Πλούτιζε μεν τους φίλους, εαυτόν γαρ ΈίλοΛεΓέ.* 
 
 Νόμιζε τήν με Ν ν πατξίδα (ει ναι) όικον τους 5έ «πΌλι'τας, εταί- 
 ρους• τους 5ε φίλους, τε'κνα δαύτου. 
 
 * Attic future for •7τλου7ίο"εις. 
 
66 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 [Passive 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Peri: 
 
 S. τύΛομαί-τ? -ε7αι 
 
 D. -OfiS&OV-S<f&OV~S(fUQ\ 
 
 P. -o^sua-sdos-ovlai 
 
 S. ^7υ<7τ7-()μην-ου-87ο 
 
 S. Τβ7υ-μμαι-•ψαι-7τ7αι 
 D. -μμεύον-φόον-φόον 
 P. -μμε0α-ρ0ε-μμένοι ; 
 ε /Vj. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 *w7-a -άΰόω 
 
 -S(f&S~S<f&U)<fOLV 
 
 Opt— 
 
 <tw7 -οίμην 
 -ο/με^ον 
 -οίμε^α 
 
 D. όμε^ον-εό'θον-έό'βην 
 
 τε?υ-ψο-φ$ω 
 -φ0ε-φ$ωσΌιν 
 
 τε7υμμένο£ ε/ήν 
 τείυμμε'νω 
 <Τδ7υμμε'νοι, είη- 
 μεν 
 
 Plup. 
 
 3. ε7ε7ό-μμην-ψο-<7τ7ο 
 
 D. -μμε^ον -<pt)ov -φ$ην 
 
 1st Αο 
 rist. 
 
 8.ε7ύφ0 -ην -ης -η 
 
 D. -η7ον-ή7ην 
 
 Ρ. -ημην-η7ε -η^αν 
 
 •τύφ0-η7ι-ή7ω 
 Ύ)Ίον -ή7ων 
 η7ε -ηΐωόαν 
 
 2dAo- 
 rist. 
 
 S. £7uflT -ην -η£ -η 
 D. -η7ον-ή7η' 
 
 Ρ. -ημεν-η7ε -ηα'αν 
 
 τύ<7Τ-η0ί -ή7ω 
 -η7ον-ή7ων 
 -η7ε -ηΐωϊαν 
 
 ιΐυφθ -ειην 
 
 -ειημεν 
 
 rutf -ε«ην 
 
 ειημεν 
 
 IstFut. 
 
 S. < τυφ^ήο'-ομαί-7ϊ-ε7ι 
 D. -ο'με^ον-εα^ον-εα^ον 
 Ρ. -όμε^α-εσ^ε -ov7cu 
 
 wanting 
 
 ςτυφ^ηο* -οίμην 
 -οίμε^ον 
 -οίμε$α 
 
 2dFut. 
 
 S. τυτήα'-ομαι-τ; -ε7αι 
 D. -ο'μεβον-εα^ον-εο^ον 
 Ρ. -όμε$α -ε^ε -ον7αι 
 
 wanting 
 
 τΐΐ'Β'ηΟ'-οιμην 
 -οίμε^ον 
 -οίμε^α 
 
 Paulo 
 post 
 Put. 
 
 S. τε7ύψ-ομαι-7} -ε7αι 
 D. -όμεόον-εσ^ον-εα'Αον 
 Ρ. -όμε0α -εσ$ε -ον7αι 
 
 wanting 
 
 τε7υψ -οίμην 
 -οίμε^ον 
 -οίμε^α 
 
 Perf. 
 ofpure 
 verbs. 
 
 S. τε7ίμη- or, -δεδηΧω 
 S. -μαι -α'αι-ται 
 D. -psoov~<f6ov-(f6ov 
 P. -με^α-^ε-ν7αι 
 
 ε7ίμη- or, δεδη- 
 Χω -οΌ -tfdw 
 -tfdov-tftfojv 
 -α'^ε-σ'^ωίΐ'αν 
 
 Plup. 
 of do. 
 
 8.εΊε7ιμή (or εδεδηΧω) 
 
 -μην -αΌ -το 
 
 τε7ιμτί- ΟΓ,όείη- 
 λώ -μην* 
 
 -με^ον 
 
 -με^α 
 
 D. -με^ον 
 
Voice.] 
 
 verbs. 
 
 67 
 
 -ative. 
 
 -016 -oilo 
 -oitfdov -οίόΰψ 
 -oitfus -oiv7o 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 τύ<7τ7-ωμαι -J] -rflai 
 -ώμε$ον-ϊ]θ ν ^ον-ησ'$ον 
 -ώμε^α-ηο^ε -ων7αι 
 
 τύκΊ•ζ$όα.ί 
 
 P. -όμε^α -ε<7ί)ε -ov?o 
 
 -ειη£ -Si η 
 -εΊ'η7ον-ειή7ην 
 
 -εϊη7ε -«Τη^αν 
 
 τε7υμμε'νο£, ώ -JJS -J1 
 <τε7υμμε'νω, -^7ον-ή7ο' 
 ε7υμμενοι, ώμεν-η7ε-ώαΊ 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 τυπ^-όμενο^ 
 
 τε7υ-φ0αι 
 
 Partic. 
 
 <τε7υ-μμε'νο£ 
 
 Ρ. -αμε0α -φ0ε -μμε'νοι, η(Ταν 
 
 -ειη$ -ειη 
 -είη7ον-εΐή7ην 
 
 -είη7ε -είηα'αν 
 
 τυφβ-ω -γ\ς -ύ\ 
 
 -η7ον -η7ον 
 ■ωμεν -η7ε -ωδΊ 
 
 -ειη£ -ειη 
 -είη7ον-εΐή7ην 
 
 -είη7ε -είηα'αν 
 
 -οιο -οι7ο 
 -οΐ07)ον-οία7)ην 
 -οιΑ^ε -οιν7ο 
 
 τυφ-όεί^ 
 
 τυ<7Τ-ω -τ,ς -η 
 
 -η7ον -η7ον 
 ■ωμεν -rfls -ωοΊ 
 
 <τυ*τ-ηναι 
 
 τυ<7Τ-εΐ£ 
 
 wanting. 
 
 -οιο -οι7ο 
 -οκΤ^ον-οί^ην 
 -οια^ε -οιν7ο 
 
 -οιο -οι7ο 
 -οιβ'ίΐον-οίο'βην 
 -οια^ε -οιν7ο 
 
 Tjcp^ffscfdai 
 τυ<χ-7}(ϊε<ϊύα.ι 
 
 wanting. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 <τυφ0 -η(ίο- 
 μενο£ 
 
 τι^-η δομέ- 
 νος 
 
 τε7υψ-εο*0αι 
 
 τε7υψ-όμε- 
 ν<£ 
 
 -ο -7ο 
 -tfdov -όύψ 
 -4&S -ν7ο 
 
 τε7ιμ -δε^ηλ 
 -ωμαι -y -5}7αι 
 
 -ώμεβον -η^ον -η<Λ)ον 
 -ώμε^α -η#0ε -ών7αι 
 
 τε7ιμη-#0αι 
 5ε5ηλω-ο7)αι 
 
 <τε7ιμημε'νο£ 
 δεδηλωμέ- 
 νη 
 
 -(Γθον -#0ην 
 
 Ρ. -με0α -o% -ν7ο 
 
68 VERBS. 
 
 Formation of the tenses in the Passive voice. 
 
 Present. The present is formed from the present 
 active by changing ω into ομαι ; as, <ruV7w, τΜομ,ω. 
 
 Imperfect. The imperfect is formed from the pre- 
 sent by changing μαι into μην and prefixing the aug- 
 ment ; as, <nk7of*ai, ε7υ#7<)μην. 
 
 Pluperfect. The pluperfect is formed from the 
 perfect, by changing μα* into μην, and prefixing the aug- 
 ment, when the perfect begins with a consonant ; as, 
 τ!7υμμαί, ε7ε7ύμμην. 
 
 Paulo-post-future. The paulo-post-future is form- 
 ed from the second person singular, of the perfect pas- 
 sive by changing an into ομαι ; as, τε7ι»μμα», τε7υψαι, <τε- 
 7ιίψομαι. 
 
 First Future. The first future is formed from the 
 first aorist by changing ην into ηαΌμαι and dropping the 
 augment ; as, εΐύφ^ψ, τυφ^ήσΌμαι. 
 
 Second Aorist. The second aorist is formed from 
 the second aorist active by changing ov into ην ; as, £7u- 
 tfov, έ7υ#ην. 
 
 Second Future. The second future is formed from 
 the second future active, by changing ω into ησΌμαι ; as, 
 *ν*ω, τυπ'ήοΌμαι. 
 
LESSON ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 69 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Pres. 'Eya s /μι δ «πΌΐμην δ καλδ$, και γινωόχω τα έ/χά χα» 
 yιvώ0'κoμαι ύπο των εμών. 
 
 Ανδρος χαραχ7ήρ εκ Χόγου γ ν ω ρ ί ζ ε 7 α ι. 1 
 
 ΚροίαΌς δ Λυδό$ άyειv λ έ χ ε 7 α ι μύριους iWsag*. 
 
 Έξ άνεμων βάλασ'σ'α ταράο'σ'ε7αι. 2 
 
 Imperf. Οι Ά^ηναΓοί ^§Xa«?r7ov7o 3 μάλα. 
 
 Perf. Έν τω νο'μω τω υμε7ε'ρω y ε y ρ α π 7 α ι, 4 δυο ανθρώ- 
 πων η μαρ7υρία άλη$η£ εσ7ιν. 
 
 Αδ7η *j χαρά ή έμή #ε#λήρω7αι. 5 
 
 Ει yap νεκρό/ ουκ εγείρονίαι, 6 ουδέ ΧριΰΊος ε γ η γ ε ρΊ ecu* 
 
 Νυν ή ψυχή μου τε7άρακ7αι. 2 
 
 'Eyw, βλέπων εις τά των άλλων κακά, «τε^ταίδευμαι. 7 
 
 Αι τρίχες 8 τη£ κεφαλή υμών tfatfai ή ρ ί S μ η ν 7 α ι. 9 
 
 Pluperf. Ή Γά£α ην μεyάλη *7ΤοΧι^ και ε#ι χώμα7ο£ υψη- 
 λού ω κ ι tf 7 ο, 10 και τεΐγος «τ ε ρ ι β ε β λ η 7 ο 11 αυ7^. 
 
 Paulo-post-fut. Έμοι λελείψεται 12 αΚγος. Το 
 /3έλο$ τεΊ όξευόεΊ α ι. 13 
 
 First Aor. Ή y ε f Sr η 6 δ Ku£io£. Έ # α ι δ ε υ S η 7 Μω- 
 o% «ττά^η σΌφία των ΑιγυπΤιων. 
 
 *Η δε οικία ε # λ η ρ ω S η 5 εκ της ο'^μη^ του μύρου. 
 
 Και ν ε d ω & η 14 ή yuvij atfo τη£ ώρα£ εκείνη. 
 
 (1) }'νωρί£ω. (2) τα^άίΤ^ω. (3) βλάπτω. (4) ypa<p6J. 
 (5) «ττλή^οω. (6) εγείρω. (7) παιδεύω. (8) dpig. (9) clpid- 
 μεω. (10)οικί£ω, (11) περιβάλλω. (12) XsiVw. (13) τοξεύω, 
 (14) ύύζω. 
 
70 LESSON ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Τα07α άκούαΌ^ δ βαοΊλεύ^ δεινως εφο/3ή$η. 1 
 
 First Fut. ILVJsWqv ετ; λ τον Kugiov κα< Ν tf ω S ή tf 7]. 2 
 
 Ο* νεχξοι έ^ερ^ήσΌντα» 3 αφ$αρ7οι. 
 
 Second Aor. Έν τω μην; τω εχΊω art s <fl a\yf 6 ay- 
 
 yeXo^ Γαβριήλ utfo του Θεού εις πτόΧιν ττ,ς Γαλιλαία^. 
 Χαίρε7ε οΊι τά όνο'μα7α υμών έ y ρ ά φ η 5 εν τοις ούξανοΐς. 
 Second Fut. 'Af ε7ή φανήσ'ε7αι 6 /(Τχυρόίερον ά&κία$. 
 
 Imperative. 
 Pres. Ούτοι δοκίμαζε tf & ω tf α ν 7 #ρω7ον. 
 Perf. ΤοοΌυ7ον λ ε λ ε χ Sr ω. 8 
 First Aor. 2κο7/(Τ$?ή7ω0'αν 9 οί οφθαλμοί αυ7ων. 
 Second Aor. Διδ^ 20 τέξας άλλο φ α ν ή 7 ω. 6 
 
 Pres. Έκ Θεού ά ρ χ ώ μ ε α 10 #άν7α τά I'pya. 
 First Aor. Μη κρίνε7ε ίνα μή κ ρ ι S η 7 ε. 11 
 ΤαίΠα λεχοο ί'να υμείέ tf ω & η τ ε. 2 
 Infinitive. 
 Pres. Ksksusig με τ ύ <irl εϋ% a ι. 12 
 Οϊ νο'μοι διδάΰχουόιν αξχειν τε xal ά ρ χ a tf S α ι. 13 
 Perf. Άναχκαίον (ε(τ7/) οί)7ω ς- ε' 7 α χ & α ι 14 αυ7οΓ$. 
 First Aor. Έκε'λευα'ε τους "Ελληνας ούτω τ α χ & η ναι. 14 
 First Fut. Ο'/ομαι Δίωνα αίρε^ή^ε^α ι. 15 
 Second Aor. To tf φ α y η ν α ί 16 (scr7#) £εινο'ν. 
 
 Participles. 
 Pres. Τά βλε^όμενά (ε^ι) tfpotaajpa, τά μη /3 λ ε- 
 πόμενα ε(Τ7/ αιώνια. 
 Perf. Ο* λόχοι ο! λελεχμενοι ο'ρ0ω£ εχουαΊν- 17 
 First Aor. 'Ηρακλή ο ρ y ι <S S ε ι g 18 άπ'έΥΙεινε 19 ΛΓνον. 
 
 (1) φοβε'ω. (2) <τώ£ω. (3) εΤείρω. (4) άτο(Τ7έλλω. (ο)γράφω. 
 (6)φαίνω. (7) δοκιμάζω. (8)Xs'yw. (9)(Τκο7ί£ω. (ΙΟ)αρχομαι. 
 (ΙΙ)κρίνω. (12)τυ<7τ7ω. (13)α£χω. (14)τά0Ό*ω. (15) αι^ε'ω. 
 (16)<Τφά77ω. (Ι7)εχω. (18)opyi'|w. (19)ά*οκ7είνω. (20)Zsfa, 
 
» 
 
 ο 
 -> 
 
 li 
 
 ΙΛ 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 U1 
 
 ο 
 
 ο 
 
 > 
 
 5 2.S 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Ο 
 
 > 
 
 Έ 3. 
 
 
 ^ 3. 
 
 
 •is cd 
 
 S S ^ 
 
 -Sj^ 
 
 £-< 
 
 -D N^ 
 b ' 
 
 d 
 
 b 
 
 δ- 
 
 g ° 
 
 
 D vS" 
 
 b 
 
 d 
 
 δ 
 
 
 Ι 
 
 y 
 
 5 
 
 δ 
 
 <3 
 
 «33 
 
 k 
 
 «CD 
 
 
 
 «CD 
 
 «CD 
 
 
 d 
 
 υι 
 
 v;3 1 
 
 
 CD 1 
 
 V D L ? 
 
 .Φ p-r- f-i 
 
 
 b ' 
 
 b 
 
 1 
 
 b 
 
 
 b 
 
 b 
 
 i 3 s & 
 
 
 — Ο "*i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1^ § 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rH ^ S-4 
 
 
 
 
 ϋ 
 
 
 
 
 „ Ο A 
 
 
 
 bD 
 
 ■a 
 
 
 6 
 
 -8 
 
 ^ 
 
 2 
 
 «ϋ φ *-* 
 
 ο 
 
 - f f 
 
 ti > i 
 
 -a © Ο 
 
 ^- «CD «CD 
 
 3 ω yj 
 
 
 .3 
 
 1 
 
 
 Ρ 
 
 
 S3 
 'ξ' 
 
 
 ΐ3 
 
 3 a 
 
 
 3. 
 
 
 G ^ S 
 
 § ο δ 
 
 J2 
 
 L A a 
 
 
 
 «£",8 
 
 
 V D 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 -t-J 5-1 
 
 > 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 ° 3 > 
 
 ^ * 1 
 
 ? ο 1 
 
 £ ? « 
 
 J ο έ 
 
 3- "CD Ό 
 
 v — ; U> U) 
 
 ?4i 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 ο 
 
 3. 
 
 
 
 « i 
 
 «=D dl 
 
 ο ο 
 ι I 
 
 > & 
 
 c3 
 
 
 ? 6 
 
 
 c5 
 
 ■8 
 
 
 
 1 
 > 
 
 ο 
 
 ϋ 
 
 ο 
 ο 
 
 > β <D 
 
 
 ^53 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 i? 
 
 4- 
 
 ci ci ft 
 
 
 d • • 
 
 b 
 
 
 D 
 
 
 3 
 
 D 
 
 
 b 
 
 b 
 
 
 b 
 
 > 
 
 b 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _ci >m 
 
 a; 
 > 
 
 5^ 
 
 3 «i 3 
 
 
 bb 
 
 .3 
 
 Ο 
 
 3" 
 «CQ 
 CD 
 
 CO 
 QQ 
 
 — 
 
 ό 
 3 
 
 «CD 
 
 
 .^^2 S 
 ^• S § 
 
 >*»rH CD 
 
 ο 
 
 » > .' 
 
 — ο to 
 
 
 S 
 
 5-• 
 
 CD 
 
 \ra 
 
 S 
 
 S δ^ί 
 
 ft 
 s— Κ 
 
 « «CD <0 
 
 
 c3 
 
 ^.2 
 
 g 
 
 1 
 icxj 
 
 D 
 
 ί 
 
 
 
 V ? 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 D 
 
 — 
 4-2 
 
 b 
 
 
 ^ S3 
 
 
 
 
 J δ 
 
 CS CD 
 
 Ο 
 
 "co 
 
 ω 
 
 ~5 
 
 Ρ * fe* 
 ? » ? 
 
 :L > * 
 
 5-00 
 
 ^ Ο «CD «CD 
 
 2 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 -ρ c— 
 
 « . 
 
 ω 
 
 *CD <ί? 
 «CO <o 
 
 r3 > 
 
 — w 
 
 33 
 Ο 
 
 6 
 
 ι 
 
 > 
 5Γ 
 
 r-t 
 
 « ^«>H 
 
 § flu. 
 
 ? fcJO 
 ti <3 5-1 
 c3 Ο © 
 
 -U3 ρ- ι Λ 
 
 OT «-Γ CD 
 
 
 4-3-S. 1 ? 
 
 
 o-£. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ΪΈ 
 
 
 s^^ 
 
 
 a ^ -ti ! V 
 
 χ>0 v *> 
 
 • 
 
 Υ 
 
 > <D 
 
 
 
 CD ^» ft 
 
 
 b • » =s 
 ""> . . b 
 
 1 
 
 
 Έ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 4- 
 
 
 o5Qcu 
 
 m 
 
 Q^ 
 
 fc- 
 
 b 
 
 ^D 
 b 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5-1 
 
 
 ^J 
 
 
 ά. 
 
 . 
 
 . +2 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 g 
 
 
 
72 VERBS. 
 
 Formation of the Tenses in the Middle voice. 
 
 The present and imperfect are the same as in the 
 passive. 
 
 First Future. The first future is formed from the 
 first future active, by changing ω into ομαι ; as, τύψω, 
 τυψομα» ; but in liquid verbs ) into 2μαι ;* as, tf-rsXw, tfrs- 
 λ2μαι. 
 
 Second Future. The second future is formed from 
 the second future active, by changing ω into 2μαι ; as, 
 <rvtf&, τυ^μα*. 
 
 First Aorist. The first aorist is formed from the 
 first aorist active, by adding μην ; as, έτυψα, §7υψάμην. 
 
 Second Aorist. The second aorist is formed from 
 the second aorist active, by changing ov into ομην ; as, 
 STVtfov, έτυττόμην. 
 
 * Also those verbs from which tf has been dropped 
 by the Attics ; as, κομιω, κομιχμαι. 
 
LESSON ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 73 
 
 Lesson on the Middle voice. 
 The middle voice is used, 
 
 1. When we act on ourselves. 
 
 . Οί Πε'ρα'αι εις μάχην £ <r ά ξ α ν 7 ο. 1 
 Πάν7ε$ έλουζαν? ο 2 τας χείρας και τους πόδας» 
 *Ε y ε ι ξ α ι, 3 άρον coy κράββατο'ν (fou. 
 Φυλάα'β'εα'Αε 4 aero ττ,ς τλεονφ'α^. 
 
 2. When we act /or ourselves. 
 
 Ό Kupos tfatfav την Άίι'αν κα7ε<ί7ρεψα7ο. 5 
 
 Μαρία ίέ την ά/α&ην μερίία έξελεξα7ο, 6 η7ι$ ουκ αι£έ0ή- 
 
 #ε7αι 7 aV αύ7η£. 
 Ό φι'λο£ η 7 ή tf α 7 ο' δ με του7ο το βιδλίον. 
 
 3. When we cause a thing to be done /o or for us. 
 ΟΙ φρόνιμοι yeveij; καλώς ό"ι5ά(Τκον7αι 9 tous «ταΓία^. 
 
 4. What is done between two parties or among them- 
 
 Διενείμαν7ο 10 την αρχήν 6 Ζευς και ο Ποσειδών χαι ο 
 
 Πλούτων, sVsi&j ίταρά του #α7ρο£ «τταρδλαβον. 
 , Αλεκ7ρυο'ν££ ή y ω ν ί ξ" ο ν 7 ο 11 h τω ύεάίξω μιά*£ ημε'ρα£ του 
 Ι7ου£. 
 
 In many instances the distinctive meaning of the mid» 
 die voice is traced with difficult v. 
 
 (1) τά<ί£ ω, ranged themselves. (2) λούω. (3) εγείρω. 
 (4) φυλάγω. (5) κα7αο , 7ρε'φω, subdued to himself. (6) εκ- 
 λέγω. (7) α)ξίω. (8) αΠε'ω. (9) διδάόχω, cause to be 
 instructed. (10) <5ιανέμω, (11) άγωνίζω. 
 
74 LESSON ON DEPONENT AND NEUTER VERBS. 
 
 *Axw<tag δε τουΊο δ Kupos i it ε ι Sr ε 7 ο 12 κα< εμενεν. 
 'Eyw δε # ε ι ρ ά tfo μ α ζ 13 #ε διδάΰ'κειν, οτι άλη^η λε'χω. 
 Κα/ φ ε ύ ξ ο ν τ α ι 14 ώ$ φεύγονίες άοτό Πολέμου, κα/ # ε#ο07?αζ 
 
 ου<5ενο£ δζώκον7ο£. 
 Κα/ #εμψα£ ε/£ "ΕφεσΌν με7εκαλε'ο'α7ο 15 τους ιΐρεΰξυ- 
 
 τε'ρου£ της εχχΧηΰίας. 
 Ό Κυρο£ με'χρζ δώδεκα έ7ό3ν εν ττ? Περίων ταζδεζ'α επαιδεύόη• ϊχ 
 
 δε τούΊου του χρόνου μ ε 7 ε π ε μ ψ α 7 ο 16 αυ7ο'ν δ 'Afl^uayqs. 
 
 Lesson on deponent and neuter verbs. 
 
 Deponent and neuter verbs take a part or all of their 
 tenses, from the passive or middle voices. 
 
 Κα/ i tfo ρ ε ί 5 η 1 εχαΰΊος εϊς τον ο/κον αυτού. 
 
 Νυν λε'^ομεν τας Kupcu πράξεις άρ|άμενοζ 2 dwro #αζδο'£. 
 
 f O δεχόμενο £ 3 υμα£ εμέ δ ε χ ε 7 α ζ, 3 κα/ δ ε'με δ ε χ ό- 
 
 μ ε ν ο £ δ ε' χ ε 7 α ζ τον αΉοόΊείΧανΊά με. 
 Πάν7ε$ av&pwsfoi £δε'ω£ τροα'δεχον7α/ 4 £ορ7α£, τλήν ο/ 
 
 τύραννο/. 
 Ό *α7ήρ μου ε'ω£ αρ7ι Ιρ^ά^ε7αι κα/ Jyci ερ^άξΌμα/. 
 0/ αδελφό/ έγραψαν <ro/£ μα^ηταΓ^ ατά οδ ε g a <r S α ι 5 
 
 αυΐο'ν. 
 Ό μεν <ττεμ#ο'μενο£ Ι^ορειίε7ο ι έχων <του£ εαιι7ου Ιππέας. 
 
 (12) tfsz'Srw. (13) πειράζω. (14) φεύ^ω. (15) με7ακα- 
 λέω. (16) μ,έίαπέμ,πω. For a fuller explanation of the 
 middle voice see Goodrich's Greek Grammar, page 49. 
 
 (1)#ορεύομαζ. (2) άρχομαζ. (3) δέχομαι. (4) irpotf δέχο- 
 μαι. (5) αποδέχομαι. 
 
 
LESSON ON DEPONENT AND NEUTER VERBS. 75 
 
 Φωνή i γ s ν ε τ ο 6 h ττ,ς νεφέλης "Κέγβυύα,, ου log stf7iv ο ν\6ς 
 
 μου 6 άγ(ΜΰΎ\Ί6ς, αυτού άκούε7ε. 
 ΈλεύόΌμαι 7 «ττρος υμάς, Θεού $ελον7ος. 
 Ή λ & ε 7 λιμός εφ' ολην τήν yyjv AiyuV7ou. 
 EiVsv δ Θεός y ε ν ε tf $ ω 6 φως, χα/ ε γ ϊ ν ε 7 ο• y ε ν ε tf & ω 
 
 y>j, και ε y ε' ν ε 7 ο. 
 Πάντα y ε y ο ν ε ν 6 ως εδοξε τω Θε£. 
 *Ε λ S ω ν 7 5ε εκεΓνος #ρος τον ΆράοΆταν, ελοιδο'ρησ'εν αυΐο'ν. 
 *Ος εάν μή 5 ε ξ η τ α ι την /3ασΊλείαν του Θεού ως <ταιδίον 
 
 ου μη εϊΰύΧ^Ύ} 9 είς αυΐψ. 
 Ό 5ε τύραννος ουδ' εττειδάν gj'tfw της οικίας * α ρ ε λ S?] 9 £ ν 
 
 άκ<ν(5υνω εανί. 
 Ους αν β ο ύ λ ;/j 10 tfoi^atfSai 11 φίλους, ayaSov τ; λύγε «ιτερί 
 
 αυτών. 
 . Ή μελια^α μο'νον των άλλων £ώων βααΊλε'α Ιχει, ω το λοιπόν 
 
 των μελικών ε tf ε τ α ι 12 «ττλη^ος, κα&ό και" οι άν$ρω#οι 
 
 # ε ί S ο ν 7 α ι 13 βασΊλεΓ. 
 Άρια^ε'λης επτεν, Έ •# ε ι ο η μή y ί ν ε 7 α ι 6 τα # ρ a y- 
 
 μα7α ώς β ο υλ ό μ ε S α, 10 6 ε Γ 14 /3 οϋλε<7& αι, Μ 
 
 ώ ς y ί ν ε 7 α ι. 6 
 Αλέξανδρος το 0ωμα του Δαρείου Ις Πε'ρα'ας ετεμψε, £?άψαι 
 
 κελεύω εν ταΓς /3αθΊλικαις όψ.αις, κα^ά^ερ και oi άλλοι 
 
 /3ααΊλεΓς. 
 IluSayopas των πόλεων εκείνην sfasv άριΥΙην, την άνδρας aya- 
 
 Soug εχουίαν. 
 
 (6) γίνομαι. (7) έρχομαι. (8) εισέρχομαι. (9) παρέρχομαι. 
 (10) βούλομαι. (11) ^τοιε'ω, observe the sense of the mid- 
 dle, " make ίο yourself" (12) έπομαι. (13) *εί£ω, rfsiSo- 
 μαι. (14) ^Ίνομαι. (14) δεΓ, (impersonal) ought. 
 
76 
 
 CONTRACT VERB — ACTIVE. 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 
 FIRST 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 Pres. 
 
 S. TifA -άω -aeig -άει* 
 
 S. 
 
 <πμ -αε -αείω 
 
 
 -ω -ΰ,ς -α 
 
 
 -α -ά7ω 
 
 
 D. -άε7ον -as7cv 
 
 
 -άε7ον-αε?ων 
 
 
 -ά7ον -α7ον 
 
 
 -ά7ον -ά7ων 
 
 
 Ρ. -άομεν-άε7ε -άουαΊ 
 
 
 -άε7ε -αε^ωο'αν 
 
 
 -ωμεν -ά7ε -ωοΊ 
 
 
 -α7ε -ά7ω(Γαν 
 
 Imp. 
 
 S. ε7ίμ -αον -αες -αε D. 
 
 -άε7ον -αε7ην 
 
 
 -ων -α£ -α 
 
 
 -α?ον -αΐην 
 
 
 Ρ. άομεν, ωμεν -άετε, ατε, αον 
 
 , ων 
 
 
 SECOND 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 Pres. 
 
 S. φιλ -ε'ω -εει^ -ε'ει 
 
 S. 
 
 φίλ -εε -εε7ω 
 
 
 -ώ -ε?£ -εΓ 
 
 
 -ει -ε 17 ω 
 
 
 D. -έε7ον -ss7ov 
 
 D. 
 
 -έε7ον -εέ7ων 
 
 
 -εΓ7ον -εΠον 
 
 
 -εΓ7ον -εΠων 
 
 
 Ρ. -ε'ομεν -ε'ε7ε -εουσΊ 
 
 Ρ. 
 
 -ε'ϊ7ε -silufav 
 
 
 -ουμεν -εΠε -outfi 
 
 
 -εΓ7ε -εΠωσ'αν 
 
 Imp. 
 
 S. εφίλ -εον -εε$ -εε 
 
 D. 
 
 -ε'ε7ον -εε'7ην 
 
 
 -ουν -sic: -si 
 
 
 εΓ7ον εί7ην 
 
 
 Ρ. ε'ομεν, ουμεν-ε'ε7ε, εΠε -εον, ο 
 
 υν 
 
 
 
 THIRD 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 Pres. 
 
 S. £ηλ -όω -6εις -ο' ει 
 
 S. 
 
 δή\ -οε -ο/7ω 
 
 
 -ω -οΓί -οι 
 
 
 -ου -ού7ω 
 
 
 D. -ο'ε7ον -ο'ε7ον 
 
 D. 
 
 -όε7ον-οε'7ων 
 
 
 -ου7ον -ου7ον 
 
 
 -ου7ον-ου7ων 
 
 
 P. -c'ojxsv -όε7ε -οουοΊ 
 
 Ρ. 
 
 -ο'ς7ε -οείωΰαν 
 
 
 -ουμεν -ου7ε -ouVi 
 
 
 -ουίε -ο^ωα'αν 
 
 Imp. 
 
 S. εδήλ -oov -οε£ -οε I 
 
 λ 
 
 -οε7ον -οε7ην 
 
 
 -ουν -ou£ -ου 
 
 
 -οϋ7ον -ου7ην 
 
 
 Ρ. όομεν, ουμεν -όε7ε 9 ου7ε -οον, ( 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 * £άω, πεινάω, &ψάω, χράο,ααι, contract αε and 
 
CONTRACT VERB — ACTIVE. 
 
 77 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Infinit. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 in αω. 
 «πμ-άοιμι -άοΐ£ -άοι 
 
 -£)μι -cpi -ω 
 
 -άού7ον-αοι'7ην 
 -ω7ον -ω7ην 
 
 -άοιμεν-άοι7ε -άοιεν 
 
 -ωμεν -ζ]7ε -£ευ 
 
 <πμ-άω -αφζ -ciy 
 -ω -ας -α 
 
 -άη7ον-άη7ον 
 -ά7ον -α7ον 
 -άωμεν-άη7ε-άωαΊ 
 -ωμεν -ά7ε -ωοΊ 
 
 <πμ -άειν 
 -αν 
 
 τιμ -άων 
 
 -WV 
 
 
 
 
 
 ζ« εω. 
 φιλ-έοιμι -ύο\ς -εοι 
 
 -ο?μι -ο?£ -οΓ 
 
 -ε'οι7ον -εοΠην 
 -ο?7ον -οι'7ην 
 
 -εΌιμεν-ε'οι7ε -εοιεν 
 
 -οΓμεν -οΠε -οΓεν 
 
 φιλ-ε'ω -ε'^έ -ε'^ 
 -ω -fig -fi 
 -έη7ον -ε'η7ον 
 -η7ον -η7ον 
 -ε'ωμεν-έη7ε -ε'ωοΊ 
 -ωμεν -η7ε -ωβΊ 
 
 φιλ -isiv 
 -εΓν 
 
 φιλ -εων 
 -ων 
 
 
 
 
 
 2>ζ οω. 
 δηλ-όοιμι -όοΐ£ -o'w 
 -οΓμι -οΐς -οΓ 
 
 -όοι7ον-οοι'7ην 
 -οΠον -οΠην 
 -όοιμεν -ό©ι7ε -όοιεν 
 ' -οΓμεν -οΓ7ε -οΓεν 
 
 δηλ-όω -ό*£ -ovj 
 -ω -βΓδ -οΓ 
 -οη7ον-όη7ον 
 -ω7ον -ω7ον 
 -όίομεν-07]7ε -όωσΊ 
 «ωμεν -ω7ε -ωαΊ 
 
 δηλ -όειν 
 -ουν 
 
 δηλ -όων 
 -ων 
 
 
 
 
 
 αει to η and η. 
 
78 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Lesson on contract verbs. 
 
 ΑΩ. 
 Τιμώ τον ιίατίξα μου. 
 ΉμεΓς άγ ait ω μεν αυτόν, δ'7« αύ7ός «ττρωίος ^ά'π'ηο'εν 
 
 ήμας. 
 Αϊ Λήμνιαι την Αφροδίτην ουκ ί 7 ί μ ω ν. 
 Τίμα τον #α7ε'ρα και τήν μη7ε'ρα tfou. 
 Ά y α ^ α 7 ε τους ε'χδρούς υμών. 
 Μη ά^α^ωμεν Xoyw μηδέ yXwCtfy?, αλλ' spyw και αλήθεια. 
 
 ΕΩ. 
 
 Ό #α7η£ φ ι λ ε 7 τον υιόν. 
 
 Όρφεύς φδων ε κ ι ν ε Γ λίγους τε και δένδρα. 
 
 Οι avSfpwfliOi το «^αλαιόν εν άντροις ω κ ο υ ν. 
 
 Ν ο ε Γ και το7έ #ρά77ε. 
 
 Πολλο/ δοκουν7ες Ιαυ7ους φ ι λ ε Γ ν ουκ άληδως φ ί λ ο υ 0Ί• 
 
 Δίκαιον ί(Πι ταύτα it ο ι ε Γ ν α οι άρχον7ες #ροε7αξαν. 
 
 ΟΩ. 
 
 'Hyvwtfis φ υ αΊ ο Γ, •η δε άγάύη οικοδομεί*. 
 
 Γ Ό#ου καλώς β ιοΐς Παράμενε, και ευ7υχείς (κατά) τα <ττάν7α, 
 
 Ό σίδηρος ι (Γ ο Γ τους άα^ενείς εν τω «πΌλε'μω τοις ι^χυροίς. 
 
 Promiscuous'. 
 
 Αγίζ δ βασΊλεύς εφη, τους Λακεδαιμονίους ουκ ε ρ ω 7 α ν 
 tfotfoi είαΊ'ν, αλλά που ει'οΊν οι «Τολίμιοι. 
 
 "Ομηρος μοι δ ο κ ε Γ τους μεν άν^ρώ^τους, δέους * ε -zrf ο ι η κ ί- 
 να ι, τους ύεούς δε άνδρώ^ους. 
 
 Μη ay a <ττ ά 7 ε τον κό(Γμον, μηδέ τά εν τω κο#μω• εάν τις 
 a y a at α τον κόα'μον, ουκ εστίν η ayowrq του 5τα7ρος εν αυτό5. 
 
ACTIVE VOICE. 79 
 
 Ου ζ ω (f ι ν αΚφως, οι άνο'ητοί sl<fiv m 
 
 Ή ο^ή ποΧΚους αναγκάζει δ ρ α ν κακά. 
 
 Οί Ά^ηναΓοι «jr^os του£ Μεχα£έα£ ε πο λ ε μ η tf α ν και ε ν ι- 
 κ ω ν διά 2όλωνα, 
 
 "Ε'Λ μύγας εν ου^ανψ ΖεΟ£, ο£ ε φ ο ρ a ττάνία. 
 
 Τ ι μ. ά 7 ω εκασ7ο£ το καλόν κα; το άλη^ε'έ, και μ ι σ" ε ί 7 ω 
 το αίσχρον κα; το ψευδ ταυ7α yap άρε7η£ σημεΓα και 
 κακίας. 
 
 Ό τύραννος νομίζει του£ #ολί7α£ υ<7τηρε7εί'ν εαυτφ. 
 
 Ό ^ατηρ εκε'λευο~ε' με ταύτα if ο ι ε Γ ν. 
 
 Ό κολάκευαν Aug φίλους ά δ ι κ ε Γ κα/ /3λά<7τ7ει αυτούς. 
 
 Ό Σωκρά7η£ διδάσκων ΑτλεΓσ7α ώ φ ε λ η σ" ε 1 του£ φίλους. 
 
 *0 δε Kupos σ"υνεκάλεσ"ε πωΆας αρχον7α$ των Συμμά- 
 χων. 
 
 2αρδανά#αλο£, ε^γρύος Α ουραίων βαόι\εύζ, υτ/ερηρεν 2 
 ά < π'αν7α£ του£ <rpo αυ7ου τρυφη και ξαύυμ/ια. 
 
 01 τρίακον7α τύραννοι των 'Αθηναίων πλειους άνεκ7όναοΊν εν 
 ο'κ7ώ μησΊ'ν, ή «τάν7ε£ ΠελοττοννήοΊοι lw δε'κα έ'7εσΊν. 
 
 'Αλκιβιάδης τα «τλοΓα <7τάν7α συνή^ροισε 3 #α^ εαυ7ο'ν, oVw$ 
 μηδε/ς εξαγγείΧγι* τοΐς <7Τολεμίοΐ£ το <7τλ?βο£ αυ7ων. 
 
 Σοφοκλή με7ά την ε'ν ΣαλαμΓνι ναυμαχίαν, τερ; TpoVaiov j /υμ- 
 νός εχόρευσε με7ά λυζας. 
 
 Κάδμος ά*Όκ7είνει δράκον7α και τοός ο ? δο'ν7ας αυ7ου uirsipsr τού- 
 των δε βναρεν7ων, 5 άνε'7ειλαν εκ y% άνδρες ένοπλοι. 
 
 Οι νο'μοι δί 6ί πολλοί δοκοϋαΊ' μοι δ^ω ταϋ7α μάλισία διδάσκειν, 
 άρχειν τε κα; άρχεσαι. 
 
 (1) ώφελε'ω. (2) 1 a. act. from ύ^εραίρω. (3) συναθροί- 
 ζω. έξαγγεΚΚω. (5) part, 2 a. pass, from σπείρω. 
 
80 
 
 CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 [Passive 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Opt— 
 
 
 
 FIRST 
 
 CONJU- 
 
 Pres. 
 
 8.πμ-άομαι -ά?} -άε7αι 
 
 πμ-άου -agtfflw 
 
 τιμ-αοιμην 
 
 
 -ωμαι -α -α7αι 
 
 -ω -atf^oj 
 
 -ωμην 
 
 
 D. -αόμε^ον-άεσ'βον-άεο^ον 
 
 -astfdov-asVdwv 
 
 -αοίμεόον 
 
 
 -ώμε^ον-αο^ον-αα^ον 
 
 -αίΰόον -atf#wv 
 
 -ωμε^ον 
 
 
 Ρ. -αομε0α-άεαϊ)ε-άον7α< 
 
 -αεσ^ε-αε'α'βωα'αν 
 
 -αοίμε^α 
 
 
 -ώμεβα-αα'βε -ών7αι 
 
 -ασ'θε - άο'^ωο'αν 
 
 -ώμε0α 
 
 Imp/ 
 
 S. ε^ιμ-αόμην -άου -άε7ο 
 
 D. έ7ιμ -αο'μεόον -άε^ον 
 
 
 -ώμην -ω -α7ο 
 
 -ώμε^ον -atfdov 
 
 
 
 SECOND 
 
 CONJU- 
 
 Pres. 
 
 S. φίλ-έΌμαι -ε# -εε7αι 
 
 φιλ-ε'ου -εε'α^ω 
 
 φιλ-εοίμην 
 
 
 -^μα* ->; -ειται 
 
 -ου -είο7}ω 
 
 -οιμην 
 
 
 D, -εόμε^ον-ε'ε^ον-εεα^ον 
 
 -ε'ε^ον-εενβων 
 
 -εοίμεθον 
 
 
 -ουμε^ον -εΐόύον-εΐύβον 
 
 -εΓ^ον-εί^ων 
 
 -οίμεΑον 
 
 
 Ρ. -εόμε$α -ε'εο'βε -ε'ον7αι 
 
 -ε'εο^ε -είύ&υχία» 
 
 -εοίμε^α 
 
 
 -ούμεβα -εΓσ^ε -ouv7at 
 
 -εΓβ^ε -sitfdwtfav 
 
 -οίμε^α 
 
 Imp. 
 
 S. έφιλ -εόμην -ε'ου -ε'ε7ο 
 
 D. έφιλ-εόμε^ον -ε'εί&ον 
 
 
 -ουμεν. -ου -ε«το 
 
 -ουμε^ον -είίΤ^ον 
 
 
 
 THIRD 
 
 CONJU- 
 
 Pres. 
 
 S. δηλ-ο'ομαι-ο'τ? -όε7αι 
 
 δηλ-ο'ου -οίΰύω 
 
 δηλ-οοίμην 
 
 
 -ουμαι-οΓ -ου7αι 
 
 -ου -ου^ω 
 
 -οιμην 
 
 
 D, -οόμε^ον-ο'ε^ον-όεο^ον 
 
 -ο'εσ^ον-οε'σ^ων 
 
 -οοίμε^ον 
 
 
 -ουμε^ον-ουα^ον-ουυ^ον 
 
 -oufl'dov-ouO'dwv 
 
 -οίμε^ον 
 
 
 Ρ. -οο'με^α -ο'εα^ε -ο'ον7αι 
 
 -ο'εα'^ε-οε'^ωο'αν 
 
 -οοίμεόα 
 
 
 -ουμε^α-ου^ε -ουν7α» 
 
 -ουο^ε-ουσ^ω^αν 
 
 -οίμείτα 
 
 Imp. 
 
 "S. εδηλ-οόμην -όου -όε7ο 
 
 D. εδηλ-οόμε&ον -όε^ον 
 
 
 -ούμην -ου -οΰ7ο 
 
 -ουμε$ον -οΰο"0ον 
 
and Middle.] contract verbs. 
 
 81 
 
 — ative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Particip. 
 
 GATION in αω. 
 
 
 
 
 -άοιο -άοι7ο 
 
 τ/μ-άωμαι-ά?) -άη7αί 
 
 τ/μ-άεο^αι 
 
 <πμ-αομενο$ 
 
 -όϋο -ό57ο 
 
 -ωμαι -oj -α7αί 
 
 -atfSai 
 
 -ωμενο£ 
 
 -άοιο'^ον-αοία'όην 
 
 -αώμε0ον-άηο"5ον άη^ον 
 
 
 
 -cotf^ov -ωβ^ην 
 
 -ώμε^ον -atfdov -atf^ov 
 
 
 
 -aoitffe -άοιν7ο 
 
 -αώμε0α-άη(ί0ε -άων7αι 
 
 
 
 -G5<rtte -gjv7o 
 
 -ώμε$τα -atfSs -ών7α» 
 
 
 
 -αέο^ην P. ε7ιμ -αόμε^α -ocsrf^s -άον7ο 
 -atfSqv -ώμε^α -α(Τ$ε -ων7ο 
 
 φίλ-ε'ωμαι-ε';/] -εηϊαι 
 -ωμα* -τ) -η7αι 
 -εώμε^ον-εηο^ον-ε'ηο^ον 
 
 ώμδόον -ηθ7)ον -η<70ον 
 -εωμηδα-έη^ε-έί^αι 
 -ώμε^α -ηο'^ε -ών7α» 
 
 GATION in εω. 
 
 -ε'οιο 
 
 -ε'οι7ο 
 
 -ΟΙΟ 
 
 -ο/το 
 
 -έο»αϊ)ον 
 
 -εοί^ην 
 
 -οΓίίθον 
 
 -οΓο^ην 
 
 -έοκΤ^ε 
 
 -ε'οιν7ο 
 
 -οΓο^ε 
 
 -οίν7ο 
 
 φιλ-εόμενο$ 
 -ούμε ν os 
 
 -εέο^ην Ρ. έφιλ -εόμε^α -ε'εί&ε -εον7ο 
 -είίδην -ούμε^α -εΓο^ε -ουν7ο 
 
 GATION IN οω. 
 
 
 
 
 -οοιο -όοι7ο 
 
 £ηλ-όωμαι -07] -όη7αι 
 
 δηλ-ο'εο^αι 
 
 <$ηλ-οόμενο£ 
 
 -0Γ0 -οΠο 
 
 -ωμαι -οΤ -ω7αι 
 
 -outfdai 
 
 -οι>μενο$ 
 
 -όοιο^ον-οοίο^ην 
 
 -οώμε0ον-όη07)ον-όησ7)ον 
 
 
 
 -οΓσ'θον -οίο^ην 
 
 -ώμε^ον -wtfdov-wtfdov 
 
 
 
 -όοιο% -οοιν7ο 
 
 -οώμεόα -όηο'όε-όωνΊαι 
 
 
 
 -οΓ<7$ε -οΓν7ο 
 
 -ώμε^α -wtf&s-wv7ai 
 
 
 
 -οεο^ην Ρ. έδηλ-οόμε&α -οε(ί^ε-οόν7ο 
 -outf^v -ούμε^α -ου<;$ε-ουν7ο 
 
82 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Lesson on contract verbs. 
 
 ΑΩ. 
 
 Ουδέν τού7ων κελεύω ύμα? rfoisTv ί'να ά ν ι ά d % ε, αλλ 1 ίνα 
 εκ τού7ων ά /aSrov τι λαμ£άνη7ε. 
 ΕΩ. 
 Ου #άν7α άν&£ώ<7Γω τ ε λ ε Γ 7 α ι κα7ά ^νώμην. 
 Οί άγονοι μ ι cfo υ ν 7 α ι utfo των κακών. 
 Ουκ ά μ ε λ ε Γ7 α ι teo Θεού τα ανδρών ayaSwv #ράχμα7α. 
 Και sVstfSs μιμούμενοι 6Vo νάνίων δια το ονομά μου. 
 Κο'λαζε τα tfa&yj, ίνα μη uV αυτών τ ι μ ω ρ ^. 
 Οι μη κολάζον7ε? του? κάκου? βούΧονΊαι ά δ ι κ ε ΐΰ ύ a t 
 
 του? άγαμους. 
 
 ΟΩ. 
 
 Ή γάξ δύναμη |&ou Ιν άα^ενεία τελειου7αι. 
 Ου7ο? δ άν^ρω^ο? 0ανά7ω £ η μ ι ο u 7 α ι. 
 0?δα ο7ι ΊηοΌυν τον ένίαυρωμε'νον £η7ει7ε• 
 
 Middle voice. 
 Καλώ? $V7i το ε tfi κ α λ ε Γα 1 α ι τον Θεδν Ιν άρχ$ tou 
 
 δείπνου. 
 'Οταν λυ#ώμε$α, μηδε'•πΌ7ε άλλον α 1 7 1 ω μ ε & α, αλλ' 
 
 εαυ7ου?. 
 Φίλου? κ 7 ώ, 1 μη it ανίας του? /3ουλομενου?, αλλ' τη? α% 
 
 τιμή? αξίου? ον7α?. 
 Μη λ ύ tf ο u ί&ι τοί? άτΤο^νησ'κουσΊν, άνα^καΓον γαρ έ<ί7ιν• 
 
 λ ύ tf ο υ J < 7T/ τοΓ? αινχρώ? τελευ7ώσΊ. 
 Τον ι/,έν Θεδν φόβου, του? δε φίλου? αισχύνου, τοΓ? δε ημ*β\ς 
 
 tfeiSrou. 
 
 (1) Imp. κ7άομαι. 
 
PROMISCUOUS. 83 
 
 Promiscuous. 
 
 Οι Λόκιοι νόμοΐ£ ουκ ε χ ρ ω ν 7 ο, άλλα ε&εβΊ, και utfo yuvaifiv 
 
 εκρα7ουν7ο εκ παλαιού. 
 Του$ άλκίμου?, κα? τους Co(poU£, χαί του£ δικα /ous φο§ουν7αι 
 
 οι τύραννοι. 
 Ό Κυρο£ Ι7ι ΐίαΐς ων ο7ε imiSsCslo tfuv τοις άλλοις ^aitfi, 
 
 πάντων xpa7itf7os ενομί£ε7ο. 
 ίλίο^ε'νηέ λύχνον με0' ήμε'ραν άψα^, 1 οίν&ξΜον, φηβΊ', £η7ω. 
 Μίλων δ έ*κ Κρό7ωνο£ ά$λη7ή£, ταυ£ον άράμενο^ 2 έφερε 
 
 δια του Ραδίου με0Όυ. 
 Πε^'ανδροο, ε ρ ω 7 η & ε ι £ 3 τί εο^/ιν ελευ^ία, ει#εν, ayaSi? 
 
 <7υνείδηοΊ£. 
 Ε'τεό'ε 4 το τνευμα το ayiov Jtfi ιΐίνΊας τους άκούον7α£ τον 
 
 λο'^ον. 
 Παν δενδρον μή Ποιούν καρ^δν καλδν εκκό<7τ7ε7αι, και sig tfuj 
 
 /3άλλε7αι. 
 Ό αξΐ(Πος Jv τοίέ'ΈλλησΊ |ή7α)^ iysvslo Δημοσ^ε'νη^. 
 Βραδεω.ς μ.έν φίλος y/vou, 5 ^ενο'μενο^ 5 δε fl -ειρω διαμένειν. 
 Σωκ£α7η£, ιδών μειράκιον «ττΧοιίσΊον και ά#αιδευ7ον, — ιδού, Ιφη, 
 
 χρυβΌυν άνδράττοδον. 
 £#αμινώνδα£ £λεγε τον εν #ολε'μω $άνα7ον ε/ναι κάλλιο^ον. 
 'Ay^tfiXaos ε£ω7ώμενο£ πως με^άλην δόξαν ένοιή<Γα7ο, &ανά7ου 
 
 -Λοίϊαφξονηΰαζ, εφη. 
 Λεωνίδας, του Ηε'^ξου ^ράψαν7ο£, «ττε'μψον τα ό'^τλα, — av7£ypa- 
 
 ψεν, μολών 3 λά£ε. 
 
 (1) part 1. a from αττ7ω. (2) part 1. a. m. from aifw. 
 (3) p. 1. a. pass, from ε£ω7άω. (4) ffW«. (5) y /νομαι, 
 (β) μολω. 
 
84 PROMISCUOUS. 
 
 Παυσανίας, του ϊαΐρου shovlog αυ7£), γεζων γεγονός, — διό7ι, εΓ- 
 
 #εν, ουκ έχρηο^άμην 1 (foi ϊατρά. 
 Περικλής, μέλλων άπΌ^νήσκειν, εαυτόν εμακά^εν ότι μηδεις 
 
 'Αθηναίων με'λαν ίμά7ιον δι αυ7όν Jvs^utfa7o. 2 
 Ή Μήδεια του^ #αΓδας wtsxlsivs, χαι λαβουία άρμα #7ηνων 
 
 δρακόντων, sVi τού7ου φεύ^ουσ'α ηλ^εν ε/ς 'Αθήνας. 
 Οι ,βαοΊλεΓς των ΑιγυπΊίων τάς πυραμίδας ωκοδο'μησαν, νομί- 
 
 £ον7ες δια τούΊων των εξγων ά&άνα7ον έαυ7οΓς κα7αλείψειν 
 
 την μνήμην. 
 Ώ νέοι, άλλα μάχεα^ε 3 <χαξ άλλήλοιοΊ με'νον7ες, Μηδέ <pyy5js 
 
 αιϋ-χιρας αζχείε, μηδέ φο'βου. 
 Σωκρά7ης siVsv, οι άλλοι αν^ρω^οι £ωαΊν 4 ίνα εΜω<ϊ•,ν, αυ7ός 
 
 δε sVSia) ίνα £ω. 
 
 Lesson from Hierocles. 
 
 Σχολαστικός ιατρφ 0'υναν7ή0'ας, utfo τοίχου εκρό/3η. 5 Τίνος 
 
 δε #υ0ομε'νου την αιτίαν, έ'φη* Καιρόν εχω 6 μή άσ^ενή^ας, 
 
 και αιο^χύνομαι ε&.οψιν ελ^είν του ϊαΐρου. 
 Σχολαστικός άπορων, τα /3ι§λία αύτου επίιΐξαόχε• κα?, γράφων 
 
 #ρός τον ιΐαίερα, έλεγε• Σι^χαιρε ήμΓν, #ά7ερ• ^δη yap 
 
 ήμας τα /3ι§λία τρε'φει. 
 Σχολαστική φίλος έ^ραψεν Ιν Ελλάδι ον7ι, βιβλία αύτω 
 
 ayopatfar του δε αμελήσαντος, ως, με7ά χρο'νον, τ& φίλω 
 
 συνώ<ρ0η, εινε• Την ε<7πσ7ολήν, ην «ττερι βιβλίων άνε'στειλάς 
 
 μοι, ουκ εκομισάμην. 
 
 (1) χ^άομαι. (2) ενδυ'νω. (3) μάχομαι. (4) £άω. (5) κρυφ- 
 τώ. (6) Literally I have, i. e. have passed a great while, 
 not being sick. 
 
LESSON FROM HIEROCLES. 85 
 
 Σχολαστικός SsXgjv tov iWov αύ7ου διδάξαι μή τρώ^ειν #ολλά, 
 
 ου #α£εβαλεν αυ7φ τροφάς. Α^ο^ανο^ος 11 δε του SWou τφ 
 
 λιμφ, έ'λε^ε• Με^α ε\£ημιώ^ην• ό'7ε yap εμα^ε 1 μή τ^ώ^ειν, 
 
 τό7ε ά^ε^ανε. 11 
 Σχολαστικός οικίαν #ωλων, 2 λί^ον aV αυ7ης εις δείγμα #ερι- 
 
 εφερε. 
 Σχολαστικός άμιναΓαν έχων, ίύφξάγιύεν αυτήν. Του 5ε δούλου 
 
 κά7ω^εν τρήσ^ος, 3 και τον ο/νον αί'£ον7ος, ε^αυμαξεν ό'7ι, 
 
 των σ'ημάν7^ων (ίώων 4 όντων, 5 ό ο/νος ελα77ου7ο. 6 Γ Έ7ε?ος 
 
 siVev "Oga, μη κά7ω0εν άφ^ρή^η. Ό δε, άμα$έν7α7ε, 
 
 ει#εν, ου το κάτωθεν λείπει άλλα το άνωθεν μέρος. 
 Σχολαστικός ιδών tf7poudia sVi δε'νδρου, λά$ρα υ^ει^ελ^ών υφα- 
 
 vK&xfald 1 τον κόλ<7Τον, και ftfeifl το δε'νδρον, ώς υποδεχόμενος 
 
 τα (tfpouSria. 
 Σχολαστικός μα^ών 1 δ'7ι δ κό^αξ ύ<ττερ τα διακονία ε7η ζτί, 
 
 άγοράσ'ας κόρακα ε/ς ατό^ε/ραν ε7εφε. 
 Σχολαστικός, vauayslv με'λλων, «πΊνακ/δας ,ή7ει, 8 ίνα διαίιήκας 
 
 7ράφ?}• τους δε ν οικε'7ας δρων aXyouv7ag δια του κίνδυνου, εφη, 
 
 μή λυττεΓσ^ε, 9 έλευ^ερω yap υμάς. 
 Σχολασ7ικός, «7Γο7αμόν βουλόμενος «π'εράσ'αι, άνηλ^εν ε/ς τό 
 
 #λοΓον εφί'τρπ'ος• ^υ^ομε'νου 10 δε' τίνος τήν αίτίαν, εφη, oVou- 
 
 δά£ειν. 
 Σχολαστικού «π'αιδίον ά^έ^ανεν• 11 ιδών 12 δε «ητλη^ος λάου σ*υνελ- 
 
 &εΓν, έ'λε^εν, αί^χύνομαι ε/ς τοσΌΰ7ον όχλο ν μικρόν #αιδίον 
 
 #ροφε'ρειν. 
 
 (1) μαν&χνω. (2) #ωλε'ω. (3) τι7ράω. (4) ο*ωος. (5) ων 
 — ειμί. (6)ελα77όω. (7) υφα-ττλο'ω. (8) αίτέω. (9) λυ#έω. 
 (10) #υν$άνομαι. (11) ά^οόνήσ'κω. (12) ε'/δω. 
 
86 FROM PAI.-EPHATUS. 
 
 ACTION. 
 
 ΦαοΊ'ν, Άκ7αίωνα uVo των Ιδίων κυνων κα7αβ£ω$ηναι. 1 Τοϋ7ο 
 δε' £<fli ψευδέ£• Κυων yaj τον δεονό7ην και μά\ιΰΊα φίλε". Το 
 δε άλη0ε ν £ ουΊως έχει.* Άκταίων άνδ-ρωττοέ ην το γένος 'Αρ- 
 καδίου, φιΧοχύντιγος. Ου7ο£ έ"7ρεφε κύνας νοΚΚάς και ε'&^ευεν 
 εν τοΐ£ ο^εαΊ. 2 Των δε" αύΊου πραγμάτων ήμε'λει* 3 "07ε δε 
 ουκε'7ι ειχεν ουδέν, s'Xsyov οι avSgojtfoi, Άκ7αίων υττο των ιδίων 
 κυνων κα7姣ω$η. 1 
 
 LYNCEUS. 
 
 Auyxea λε'/ουσΊν, ώέ τά uVo ^ην εώρα. 1 Του7ο δε ψευδός. 
 Το δε άλη^έ^ έχει £}δε.* Αυγκενς πξωΊος ηρξαίο 2 μεΊαΚΚεόειν 
 χαλκον, και αρχυρον, και τά λοι^ά. Έν δε rvj μεΊαΧΚεύόει, 
 λύχνους κα7αφε'ρων ucro τήν ^ην, τού$ μεν κα7ελι<τεν £$i του 
 toVou. Αΰ7ό^δε άνεφε^ε τονχαλκόνκαι τον (Τι'δη^ον. "Ελε^ον 
 ούν οι άν^ωττοι, ότι Λυ^κεύέ και Ν τά υ^ο yijv ofcj, 1 και καταδυ- 
 νων, agyupiov αναφέρει. 
 
 CjENEUS, 
 
 Καινε'α (patfiv, 1 ο7ι αΙξωΊος ην. °0$ δ' υΐτΌλαμβάνει αίρωίον 
 aero Σιδήρου άν^ρωττον, εύηχης stf7iv. Ή δε αλήθεια έχει οίί7ω^.* 
 Καινζύς ην άνηρ Θε77αλό$ τω ^ε'νει, ay ados τά «ττολεμικά, και 
 ειπο^ήμων του μάχεσαι. Γενόμενος 2 δε εν «ττολλαις μάχαις, ου- 
 δε<το7ε εΐ^ώ^η, 3 ου7ε δ'7ε Λα^ί^αις Συμμάχων #£ο£ των Κεν7αυρων 
 
 * Is thus. 
 
 (1) χαΊαβιξξωύχω. (2) ορός. (3) άμελέω. 
 
 (1) δράω. (2) άρχομαι. 
 
 (1) φημι. (2) γίνομαι. (3) τιτ^ώσ'κω. 
 
FROM PAL.EPHATUS. 87 
 
 aViSavsv, 4 αλλά σ"υλλαβόν7^ 5 αυ7όν μόνον κα7ε'χωο'αν, 6 και 
 οΰΊως ε/ελεΛηΣεν. "EXsyov ου ν ο) Ααπ'&αι, άνελο'μενοι 7 τον 
 νεκρον αυ'7ου, xdli Svgovlsg μή *rs7pcof/.svov 8 το (?ωμα, Κα;νευ£ τον 
 τε άλλον /3ίον αίξωίος ήν, και ά^ε^ανεν 4 αΊξωΊος. 
 
 EUROPA. 
 
 Φαί/ν, Ευρώ^ην την (^υ^α7ε , ρα)Φοίν/κο^ gVi ταύρου οχουμενην 1 
 δια *% ^αλά77η£ εκ Τύ^ου sfe Κρή7ην άφικέ^α». 3 Έμοί δε 
 δοκεί ου7β ταυρον, οδό' SWov τοσΌυ7ον ηΐύΧαγος διανυ^αι δύναα'- 
 Sar 3 ου'7ε κόρην gVi ταυρον αγριον άνα£ηναι. 4 e O τε Ζευ£, ει 
 έ£ούλε7ο Ευρώ^ην ε/ς Κρήτην έλ&εϊν, 5 εύρεν 6 αν auV/j εΐε'ραν 
 «ττορείαν καλλίονα. Το δε αλφές syji ωδε. Ανηρ ΚνώόΊο£, 
 όνόμα7ι Ταύρος, ε^ολεμει τήν Τυρίαν χώραν. Τελευ7αΓον δε 
 έ*κ Τύρου ίρ^αίΓεν 7 άλλα£ τε κόρα^, άλλα 5ή και την του /3α- 
 ΟΊλεως Suya7g'pa, Εΰρώ^ην. "Ελε^ον ουν οι αν^ρω^οι, Ευρώ^ην 
 την tgu βαΰΐΚέως Ταύρος έχων ωχε7ο• 10 τού7ου δε γενομένου, 3 
 «τροο'ανε'Τλάο'^η 9 ο μϋ^ο£. 
 
 GERYON. 
 
 Γηρυόνην φα<Γιν, ο7ι τρικε'φαλο<; iysvslo. Αδύνατον δε #ωμα 
 τρεΓ< κεφάλας εχειν ή ν δε τοιόνδε τούτο. Πόλΐ£ icfliv ίν τφ 
 Εύξείνω Ατόν7ω, Τρικαρηνία καλούμενη. 1 Ήν δε" Γηρυόνης εν 
 τοΓ<: το'τε άν$ρώ<7Τοΐ£ ονομαατοέ, «ττλούτω τε και άλλοις διαφέρων. 
 
 (4) άπ'οβνήα'κω. (5) Συλλαμβάνω. (6) κα7αχωννυω. (7) άναι- 
 ρεω. (8) τΛρώο'κω. 
 
 (1) οχε'ω, — οχεομαι. (2) άφικνε'ομαι. (3) δύναμαι. (4) ανα- 
 βαίνω. (5) δέομαι. (6) ευρίσκω. (7) άρ<7τά£ω. (8) /ίνομαι. 
 
 (9) ^ρο^ανα^λάσ'ο'ω. (ΙΟ) ο'/χομαι. 
 (1) καλέω. 
 
86 FROM PAL-EPHATUS. 
 
 Ε?χε 2 δε και βοών ά/ελην 2ταυμα<τ7ήν εφ' ην ^λ^ών 3 Ηρακλής, 
 άν7ι<7Τοιουμενον Γηρυόνην εκίεινεν. 4 Οί δε ^εώμενοι 5 «π-εριελαυνο•? 
 μενας 6 τάς βους ε^αύμα^ον. Προς τους #υν£ανομε'νους 6 ούν 
 ελ^ο'ν τίνες, Ηρακλής ταυίας tf εριήλα^εν, 7 outfag 8 Γηρυ- 
 όνου, του Τρικαρήνου• τινές δε έκ του λε/ομε'νου, υΉ-ε'λαβον 5 
 αύ7δν τρεΓς εχειν κεφάλας. 
 
 'Αλέξανδρος δ μέγας yjys την tf7pa7iav tfapa ίΤο7αμόν. Όρων 
 δε τους σ7ρα7ιώ7ας διψων7ας και άφορων7ας εις το £ευμα του 
 «3Ό7αμου, τον κήρυκα ε'κε'λευεν gjVsjv* Ά•ζ#εχώμε^α του 
 # ο 7 α μ ο υ, S α ν α 7 ω δ ε ς έχει το ύδωρ. Οί μεν 
 φθβη$τε'ν7ες atfsi -χονΊο και την οδόν εΐάχυνον. 'Αλέξανδρος δε 
 διανοίας και σ'7ρα7ο<7ΓεδεύΌ ν ας, αυ7δς με7ά των ήνεμο'νων άαώ 
 του ?το7αμου φανερως eVisv. Γελάο^ες οι (Τ7ρα7ιω7αι και 
 την αΠίαν της ά#ά7ης νοήο ν αν7ες, άδεως u^SutfavTo ε'κ του 
 #ο7αμου «ττάν7ες. 
 
 Ή^εληο'ε Ηε'ρξης ιδε'^αι «7τάν7α τον tf7^a7o'v. Ώς δε Ιώρα 
 *ττάν7α τον Έλλή(ί<7ΓΌν7ον υ# δ των νέων κεκρυμμενον, και Ν τα «τεδία 
 ίτλε'α άν^ρώ^ων, εν7αυ$α δ Ηε'ρξης εαυ7δν εμακάρκίε• με7ά δε Χ 
 του7ο, εδάκρυδ'ε• ώς βραχύς, επτεν, δ «7Τας άν^ρώ^τινος βίος έόΤιν, 
 ει τού7ων, όντων τοσΌιΠων, ουδεΓς εις έκα7ο(?7δν ε'7ος ^ερίεα^αι. 
 
 (2) Ιχω. (3) έρχομαι. (4) κ7είνω. (5) ^εάομαι. (6) tfuv- 
 ^άνομαι. (7) τεριελαύνω. (8) ων — ειμί. (9) υ#ολαμ§άνω. 
 
I? 
 
 c 
 
 if-is-J-3 
 
 Ρ 
 
 f 
 
 ^Yf- 
 
 13 
 
 3. 
 13 
 
 φ αϊ 
 ο * 
 
 ^δ δ 
 
 ^δ ^δ * 
 
 3 3 3 
 
 Ε — c— c — 
 
 ^ -S ^ 
 ι l 1 
 
 -~ Ο Μ 
 
 «=o C~- C— 
 g « S 
 
 3 l£ 
 
 S=" « O* 
 
 fc• "to 
 f 41 ?" l 3 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 
 V/> 
 
 
 
 ?s 
 
 
 
 
 \3 
 
 s. 
 
 a 
 
 -a 
 
 b• 
 
 fc- 
 
 to 
 
 "to 
 
 
 
 
 P»• 
 
 
 
 δ 
 
 to. C$ 
 
 IS" 
 
 i i3 
 
 
 ,• 
 
 IF?. 
 
 
 tf 
 
 ά Λ 
 
 t3 
 
 ο « 
 
 
 1 
 
 b• 
 Vi 
 
 =5- 3. 
 
 -3 -3 
 
 
 
 
 ρ» 
 
 
 5=~ 
 
 
 *3D 
 
 
 to» 
 
 <> 
 
 ^— 
 
 1 
 
 ί^ 
 
 
 
 
 > a 
 
 
 
 
 <E> l»J 
 
 1 
 
 ^S 
 
 «Q^ 
 
 ft 
 
 GO 
 
 3 3 
 
 -> r— t— 
 
 3 v^-vJT- 
 
 I I ■ 
 
 
 mOQ^A 
 
 ah 
 
 to «<0 «» 
 
 v> 
 
 3 Τ « 
 
 I 
 
 > 
 
 a -1 * 
 
 s~ 
 
 =*• ο <S 
 
 r} 
 
 ΰ *5 ^ 
 
 *ti 
 
 > *5 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 ^pp; 
 
 ζή 
 
 89 
 
 to. 
 
 
 3 
 
 -a 
 
 
 xti 
 
 1 — ■ 
 
 
 r— 
 
 to 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 > 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 «so 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 ;> 
 
 ti 
 
 tS"*3 
 
 is• 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 to 
 I?" 
 
 to 
 
 -CO 
 "to 
 1ST 
 
 S 
 3 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 i3 
 
 3. 
 
 3 
 
 "to 
 
 -3 
 
 1 
 
 -3 
 
 1 
 
 - ο a 
 
 I 3 3 
 
 ' <o «so 
 ^ to to; 
 
 -J'J 
 
 Ο <0 «ϊΟ 
 
 Λ 
 
 to to "to 
 
 
 ^3 ^ v« 
 
 di 
 
 & ■ ' 
 
 CJ 
 
 "to 
 
 
 => 
 
 
 r ~~ S~ Λ 
 
 0J 
 
 • to) ^ 
 
 • '-; 
 
 -i δ 
 
 
 to? » ' 
 
 <-a 
 
 5> ω 
 
 
 
 ι «3D •<Ό 
 
 03 
 
 "to to 
 
 CD 
 
 
 Η 
 ι — 1 
 
 ^ f - 
 
 
 
 cq Qdi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 74 
 
90 ~ 
 
 -if to 
 
 .Ο- 
 υ 
 
 m 
 
 ιψΑπ ' 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 i^>sr*3 
 
 13 
 
 
 P3 > 
 
 °o 
 
 U>C^ 1 
 
 .T *> 
 
 < UJ 
 
 3 3 
 
 a 
 
 — ο ω 
 
 3 3 
 
 C— c — 1 
 
 <D <Q <=D 
 
 ,«•>-• 
 
 cq Q αϊ co_ 
 
 CQ Q ίϋ 
 
 Oh 
 
 
 i£-*3 
 
 is* A ' 
 
 • ο to 
 
 ;c- "5? Λ 
 
 « g « 
 
 τα 
 
 di -3 ^3 
 
 , ^ *ι 
 
 3-3- 
 
 ^ 
 
 <η γ 
 
 u> 
 
 
 
 
 
 b- 
 
 
 :> 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 ^ 
 
 to 
 
 to 
 
 Λ 3 
 
 a 
 
 V 
 
 d? <D 
 
 λ 
 
 g 
 
 ^to to 
 I 1 
 
 to 
 1 
 
 01 
 to 
 
 UJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 
 Ο 
 
 ' — " 
 
 UJ 
 
 dl 
 
 dl 
 
 ,T? 
 
 UJ 
 
 to to 
 
 v> 
 
 =L 
 
 to ω 
 
 la 
 
 v Ui 
 
 -3D 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 _b- 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 UJ l « 
 
 c — 
 
 U] 
 
 
 c — 
 
 A i 
 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 to 
 
 1 
 
 Λ 1 
 
 U> 
 
 s- 
 
 
 8 
 
 ^. 
 
 TD 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 3- 
 
 S_ 
 
 <n 
 
 b ' 
 
 1 
 
 ~y 
 
 ώόύ 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 Dh 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,. υ> 
 
 
 « S 
 
 
 <^> 10 
 
 
 v^ ^- 
 
 
 ^U> v >JO 
 
 
 3 <^> 
 
 
 
 
 > — . 
 
 
 Ο « 
 
 
 - "=D c^- 
 
 
 S to > 
 
 
 c2 iS r>3 
 
 
 isr• *=o •?ϋ 
 
 
 dl =Γ 
 
 
 £^.to 
 
 
 Λ4ξϊ§• 
 
 
 -Too 
 
 
 53 "SQ <D 
 5 to uj 
 
 
 
 £ -3 ^3 
 
 
 
 dl -=D <=D 
 
 > 
 
 
 l> 
 
 
 to .> 
 
 
 
 
 "ω ω 
 
 
 όϊ <=> ω 
 
 
 ,o ,b b 
 
 
 to «J ω 
 
 
 > 5ί 
 
 
 2 UJ CO 
 
 
 
 ^* Oi UJ 
 
 J? -^D •<^3 
 
 > 
 
 
 δ 
 
 
 > to 
 
 
 3 3 3 
 
 
 Λ Λ Λ 
 
 
 to to "to 
 
 
 -<.X> v Oj V U) 
 
 > 
 
 dl dl d2 
 
 
 
 'to 
 
 ^^> 
 
 Μ 
 
 
 
 od 
 
 ^D > 
 
 [X, 
 
 ^-^ OJ 
 
 οΛΛ 
 
 
 
 to to to 
 
 Jt4 
 
 dl dl d2 
 
 
 — ί 
 
 t• ^UJ =* 
 
 
 UJ , UJ 
 
 Ο 
 
 Ο ο 
 
 eg 
 
 CD 
 
 b -53 w 
 
 1 UJ Ο 
 > 1 U) 
 
 PU 
 
 *=■ > Λ 
 
 a 
 
 Λ•^^ 
 
 hH 
 
 I *" UJ 
 
 
 Λ .*Γ^ ^- 
 
 'o 
 
 -UJ f *uj 
 
 C 
 
 • ' 
 
 
 uiQ& 
 
 c 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 CD 
 
 <j 
 
 Ph 
 
 T3 
 EN 
 
—J 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 «Ο 
 
 o 
 
 
 ο ο 
 
 k-H 
 
 <-0 
 
 *S 
 
 
 Ό Ό 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 ο — 
 
 6 
 
 ο 
 
 _ 
 
 
 <Ό «Ο ί*ο 
 
 _> 
 
 13^13 
 
 to 
 
 13 
 
 
 ο 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 > «> 
 
 - 
 
 ο 
 
 Ul 
 
 r— 
 
 
 r« Ο U3 
 
 i3-*3 
 
 13 
 
 
 »3~|3 ^3 
 
 £* 
 
 ι ι 
 
 :> 
 
 
 to«o*o < 
 
 d 
 
 
 <JU 
 
 
 > 
 
 re 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 3- 
 13 
 
 I 
 
 
 ϊ3 13 
 
 
 
 
 ^ — ν 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 ,U> 
 
 
 
 «*M 
 
 
 ί- 
 
 
 
 Ι- 
 
 
 ο 
 
 
 
 ο 
 
 
 Ό 
 
 
 
 
 
 > ^— ■«' 
 
 
 5» 
 
 
 
 5Γ *S" to 
 
 03 
 
 Jff 
 
 to 
 
 
 ^5 3 .S" 
 
 'w 
 
 ο • 
 
 o 
 
 
 ~*ο> 
 
 «j 
 
 Ο 
 
 ο 
 
 ? ? 
 
 Ul 
 
 ο 
 
 > 
 
 a 
 
 "to 
 
 ο 
 
 LO 
 
 - ο "Γ 
 "ο "ο <? 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 <ο <^ο ^, 
 
 
 > 
 
 ω 
 
 ο 
 
 :=> 
 
 
 £- 
 
 5. 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 ^S" 
 
 
 =Γ :! 
 
 
 <^ό 
 
 ο 
 
 3. 
 
 ο 
 
 .5" ^5" 
 
 
 
 
 
 ο ο 
 
 
 <^S 
 
 
 
 ^Ο ^Ο 
 
 
 
 
 j> 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 > 
 
 
 -> 
 
 ώ 
 
 -2 S "te 
 
 3 3 3 
 ^ tr^ ^ 
 
 d 
 
 ^ο F~" 
 
 \3 
 
 3 
 
 c— 
 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 o 
 
 ι v, f 
 
 '•Ο 
 I 
 
 *Q 
 
 <Λ 
 
 s 
 
 d7 ^ 
 
 'JO 
 
 > 
 Ο 
 
 v o 
 
 ο ο 
 
 
 ο 
 
 
 ι— <■ 
 
 ι ι 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 *o v o v o 
 
 
 ^3 
 
 
 a 
 
 Ό K> <<=> 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 to s 
 
 3*S 
 
 I I 
 
 to 
 
 to 
 
 ο 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 c— 
 γ v o 
 
 > 
 
 U5 Ο 
 
 
 
 '-3 
 
 3 <^~ 
 
 c — 
 
 ο 
 
 U5 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 ο 
 
 3 
 
 CO 
 
 η 
 
 ο 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 1 ■ I 
 3 g. 
 
 h— 1 
 
 
 
 
 <o • 
 
 
 gqqcl; 
 
 αί 
 
 ccQo] 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 ; 02 
 
 5-1 
 
 
 Uh 
 
 
 S 1^ 
 
 
 $* 
 
 
 '*H 
 
 »<n 
 
 
 ΚΛ 
 
 
 
 Γ? Ο 
 
 
 
 5S > 
 
 
 
 «50 U> 
 
 
 
 >=» ^. 
 
 
 
 Ο v 
 
 
 
 ^-o <-o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t-e> to 
 
 
 P» -. 
 
 
 cS 13 13 
 
 
 
 
 
 l ? > ' 
 
 
 
 1 Ο UJ 
 
 
 
 <0 -^D 
 
 
 
 <3^\d "to 
 
 
 
 Λ 13 J3 
 
 
 
 1 °i 
 
 
 
 4 Η 
 
 
 
 ^ ^3 -3 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 c~- 
 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 
 5^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 
 
 1 > ' 
 
 1 
 
 
 u> 
 
 a 
 
 
 Λ ^7 
 
 01 
 
 
 ,o ,>=> V5 
 
 U) 
 
 — 
 
 '0 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 • • 1 
 
 -0 
 
 r; 
 
 53 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 3. ί. 3. 
 
 Pi 
 
 j3 
 
 
 
 OOO 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 4) 
 
 Ξ 
 
 JJ 
 
 ^O 
 
 02 
 to 
 
 > 
 
 < 
 
 3 =» \s 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 ^33 
 
 di 
 
 
 >=> -s ^ 
 
 to 
 
 
 v ? >o ^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^-«v v< f *o 
 
 P» 
 
 
 ^ ' ' 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 C'^ 1 
 
 
 ν ' Ο U3 
 
 
 
 Ο <D ,; 
 
 
 
 to to \3 
 
 Ώ. 
 
 
 OOO 
 
 1 
 
 
 ίΓΞ 
 
 
 
 ^o 
 
 — ; 
 
 
 — > — 
 
 
 
 >S ° c? 
 
 ο 
 
 
 ^5 to ^ 
 
 1 ° ° 
 
 Γ— 
 
 ο 
 
 
 Λ ι ι 
 
 to δ ^ 
 
 ο 
 to 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ? to to 
 
 ι 
 
 
 Λ 
 ^ - J, 
 
 Ρ" 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 <D <s 
 
 ί 
 
 
 K3 ° "0 
 
 -ρ 
 
 
 GQ Q Cl] 
 
 m 
 
 03 
 
 ρ 
 
 
 <D 
 
 a 
 
 
 IS 
 
 ;«-Η 
 
 
 Ui < 
 
 
 ^ > 
 
 
 <Λ ω 
 
 
 to d. 
 
 
 ν «Ο 
 
 
 Ό to 
 
 
 δ 
 
 
 «33 Γ— 
 
 
 to =* 
 
 
 δ *3 ^ 
 
 
 c^ "Ο ί ^ 
 
 
 S' >~ - * 
 
 
 'Ο ο u» 
 
 
 •«^> <ο 
 
 
 rs \D \3 
 
 
 ?3^3 13 
 
 
 ^^Κ3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ο α> tu , 
 
 
 3L 5. a 
 
 
 13 -3 -3 
 
 
 'Ο'Ο^ 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 5^• 
 
 
 ο Λ c^ 
 
 
 Π ^ ?> 
 
 
 
 
 ό ο σ 
 
 
 ^ΟΌΌ 
 
 
 
 
 > ^ 
 
 
 Ο U) 
 
 
 "Λ<Λ 
 
 
 ιΞ ,to ,to 
 
 
 1— 1- 
 
 
 ί<-\ ο ο 
 
 
 
 
 > Γ 
 
 
 Λ | ϋ 
 
 
 κ- ^ 
 
 
 
 
 .§-1-^ 
 
 
 
 
 ο ο ^5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■> 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 -, > "^ 
 
 
 5 3 3 
 
 
 Λ^Λ 
 
 C 
 
 ν^ >3 ^ 
 
 
 ,° -ο ν ο 
 
 'OQ 
 
 ^<ο ^ο 
 
 03 
 
 Ο 
 
 pd 
 
 Ο «Ν 
 
 
 CO > ^ 
 
 ^Η 
 
 Λ\^. Ο '» 
 
 
 οΛΛ 
 
 Ο 
 
 V- to to 
 
 
 ^Ο ν ^ 
 
 ■t-3 
 
 ^^ «Ο Ό 
 
 CD 
 
 _iy| 
 
 
 
 
 Ο 
 
 1 > , 
 
 Ο Ui 
 
 £ 
 
 <-) ^ 
 
 
 to to to 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 
 
 ί—' 
 
 ν ? 3- §. 
 
 "d 
 
 CO ν ° ν ο 
 
 
 MJ- «^ 1 
 
 5 
 
 r/iQdl 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 03 
 
 C 
 
 < 
 
 5Η 
 
 Τ5 
 
 Ρη 
 
 (Μ 
 
 91 
 
92 FOURTH CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN μ*. 
 
 ACTIVE VOI9E. 
 Indicative. Imperative. jlnfin. Part. 
 
 Pr. 
 
 Im. 
 
 S. ζεύγν-υμι -υς -υ Λ 
 D. -u7ov-u7ov 
 
 P. -υμεν-υ7ε-υοΊ 
 
 ζεύγν-υ§ι-νΊω 
 
 υτε-ύΥω^αν 
 
 ζ£ΐ>γνύνα 
 
 7e 
 
 υγνυς 
 
 &.εζεύγν-υν-υς-ν Ό.εζεύγν-υΙον-ύΊψ Ρ .εζεύγν-υμ>εν-υΙε-υ6αν 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 Pr. S.^Suyv-u^ai-uCai-ulai 
 |D. -ύμε0ον -ufl'dov-ufl'dov 
 JP. -ύμεί)α -v(fus -uv7at 
 
 
 ^ευ^νόμενο? 
 
 Ιπΐ.\3.£ζευγν-ύμ*ψ-υ(ίο-υΊο D. ύμεθον-υίΤΑον-ύο^ην P. υμε#α-υ<Γ§ε 
 
 -υν7ο 
 
 LESSON ON VERBS IN μι. 
 
 JFYrs/ Conjugation. 
 Ύρεΐς χραΐηρας ι tf 7 a <f α ν οι "Ελληνες εν rw ΐβίκνω, 
 Ό Τάνταλο? Jv τ>7 λίμντ? αυο? ε (Τ 7 η χ ε v. 
 "Irftfoi *ά£ αρμαΛ ε (Τ 7 η (Τ α ν. 'ΕκελευίΤε tf 7 5) ν α ι το άρμα. 
 Σι/νη&ε? ^ν τοΓ? 'Ρωμαίος cofe τε βα,ΰιΧεΐς χα} τα? άλλα? 
 
 άρχά? χα^κΤτάναι εν. τω #ε<5ίω του "Αρεω$. 
 Άρκίτωντι 1 Διοχενει εν αγορά οι «ττεριεο'τωτε? α'υνενω^ 
 
 ελεχον κύΌν, χύον* δ ο/, ύμεΐς, εΚτεν, ε<Ττε κ.•νε? ? ο* με άριό 
 
 τωντα θεριευτήκατε. 
 01 Αακε£αιμόν;οι χαό κίΐ&όι εφόρους, οι μεγιΰΐον δύνανΊαι- 2 
 
 οΜβνί 7αρ ύ«π•ανί<Τταν7αι νλην βα^Χεΐ χαι εφορω. 
 
 (1) apiGVaw. (2) ίυναμαι. 
 
LESSON ON VERBS IN fAI. 93 
 
 Tots μεταβολάς της τύχης γενναίως ε π ί 4 τ α (S ο φίρειν. 
 "Οτι άνευ φιλίας tfuvoutfia (cCTri) ουδεμία, «ττάντε^ ε *Ί C τ ά- 
 μ ε & α. 1 
 
 Θηα'αυρος μύγας s"tf7iv ayaSos φίλος τω και τήρησα» τοϋΐον 
 
 s ir ι tf τ α μ 2 ν ω. 1 
 Κακολογίας ά φ ί tf τ α ί ο, sVaivsi 2 μάλλον nf ανίας άν0ρώ- 
 
 Second Conjugation, 
 
 ΤοίΗον τον νόμον ο Θέος τ ε & ε ι κ ε ν ει τι ayaSov θέλεις, #αρά 
 tfsaurou λαβε. 3 
 
 Οι παλαιοί τοΤς ά-τΤο^ανουσΊν 4 όβολον sig" το Οτόμα κ α τ ε' & η- 
 κ α ν. 
 
 Φα<?ί τους Φοίνικας ουκ εξ άρχης ευρείν 5 τα ^ράμμαΐα, αλλά 
 τους τύπους με7α^εΓναι μόνον. 
 
 Απ^ω^τος §\εγεν Δυω πήρας ημείς φε'ρομεν, την μεν εμ^ροσ^εν 
 την δε oViff^sv* και sis την εμ^ροσ^εν acr ο τ ί ^ ε μ ε ν τά 
 των άλλων άμαρ)ήμα7α, sfe δε την oVitfdsv τά έαυ7ων• διο 
 ουδέ κα^ορωμεν αύ7ά. 
 
 Πολλοί νομο0ε'7αι Ι & η κ α ν νόμους, ίνα ε|α<ττα7ών7αι 6 τον δημον. 
 
 Ονίος ό άν$ρω<7Τος ολην ά ν a π ί μ * λ η tf ι την 'ττόΧιν της αισ- 
 χύνης και ά-τιονίας. 
 
 Ό Πι77ακός, την αρχήν των Μι7υληναίων δέκα ετη κα7ασ'χών 
 καί εις τάξιν ayayojv' το τολί-ευμα, κ α τ ε S ε 7 ο αυτήν. 
 
 Παυσανίας, ο Λακεδαιμόνιος <?υνε7ί0ε7ο φιλίαν προς τον 
 βασιλέα. 
 
 (1) ετίσ7αμαι. (2) έ-τταινεω. (3) λαμβάνω. (4) atfodv^tf- 
 κω. (5) ευρίσκω. (6) εξσχαΐάω. (7) άγω. 
 
94 LESSON ON VERBS IN μ*. 
 
 ' Third Conjugation. 
 
 Ουδέν άνευ «τόνου Θεός δ ί δ ω <f ι ν άνόρωιΐοις. 
 
 Ή i^copsoc, ην ύμεΓς s δ οΊ s αύΊοΐς ην μεγάλη. 
 
 Μη "keys, τι δ ω 4 ε ι ς• μή δ ί δ ω (fi γαρ δ λε^ων. 
 
 KpiVst δικαία και δ ί δ ο υ και λάμβανε. 
 
 Δ ό ς την χεΓρά μοι. Δ ί δ ο 7 ε και δο^ηΰεΊαι υμΓν. 
 
 Οι 'Αθηναίοι sVsiCav 1 τινας των Βυ£αν7ιων «τροδουναι την *τΤΟΧιν. 
 
 "Atfav δόορον, ε/ και μίκρον j], μίγκϊΊόν έί7ιν, ε; μετ' εύνοιας 
 
 δ ι δ φ ς. 
 Ουτις ε<$Ύιν άν^ρώ^ων, ω Ζευς μη κακά *ολλά δίδω. 
 Θεού δ ι δ ό ν 7 ο ς, ούδεν Itiyysi φθόνος. 
 Θεού ου δ ι δ ό ν 7 ο ς, ούδεν Ιϋγυει πόνος. 
 Νόμος ην των Αθηναίων Τω 'Ολυμπά 2 νικηόανΊι 3 δραχμαί 
 
 πενΊακοΰίαι δ ι δ ό (ϊ % ω (ϊ αν. 
 Νόμος ην των Ά^ηνα/ων Τω κομι^οη/]; 4 Χύκον <7Τεν7ε δραχμάς 
 
 δ ί δ ο tf Sr α ι. 
 Αλέξανδρος, ore ε/λε την των Θηβαίων croXiv, ά * ε δοτό 
 
 τους ελευθέρους πάνΊας. 
 
 Fourth Conjugation. 
 
 Χρόνος δίκαιον άνδρα δείκνυσΊν μόνος. 
 
 'ΕκεΓνοι κα\ε<3αντες τον Σωκράτην, τον νόμον αυτω ε δ ε ι κ ν υ- 
 
 7 η ν. 
 Ό χρόνος δ ε ί κ ν υ tfi τάς κακό7η7ας των άν^ρω-ττων. 
 Ναός της Παλλάδος εν 'Ρώμτ? δ ε ί κ ν u τ α / ου flTpoVw της 
 
 αγοράς, 
 
 (1) «τεί^ω. (2) in the Olympic games. (3) νικάω. (4) κο* 
 μίξω. 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 95 
 
 Exercises in turning English into Greek. 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 Present. Τιω, \εγω, γράφω, 
 κρίνω. 
 
 Εκείνος άκουω. Ά^απη ηίας 
 
 ελπίζω. 
 Imperfect. Άκουω, τρέχω, 
 
 ,βλεπω, άδω, νίπτω, πιο*τευω. 
 
 Έγω φυλασ'α'ω, εκείνος "Κεγω, ο 
 ότρατιωτης διώκω. 
 
 First Future. Βλέπω, διώκω, 
 άγω, πλέκω, άρπα^ω, ιΰΊημ,ι. 
 
 2υ διδαόκω, Ιγω ^ραφω ένσ- 
 τολη. 
 
 First Aorist. Θαυμάζω, λούω 
 άδω, πέμπω. 
 
 Εκείνος ο'ω^ω tfu, gyw διδωμι 
 
 O'J-TOiT. 
 
 Perfect. Βάλλω, /Βλέπω, κρί- 
 νω, πρασΌ"ω, δ<(5ωμί. 
 
 Συ πέμπω, χειρ χειρ νίπτω. 
 
 Pluperfect. Άγω, γράφω, 
 τρίβω, οΊελλω, διδάσκω, άδω. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Tiiou honorest, he says, we 
 write, they judge. 
 
 He hears. Love hopes all 
 things. 
 
 I was hearing, thou wast 
 running, he was looking, 
 we were singing, ye were 
 washing, they were believ- 
 ing. 
 
 We were watching, they 
 were speaking, the soldiers 
 were pursuing. 
 
 I shall see, thou shalt pursue, 
 we shall go,y e shall weave, 
 they shall seize, he shall 
 place. 
 
 Ye will teach,we shall write 
 a letter. 
 
 They wondered, he washed, 
 Ave sung, ye sent. 
 
 He saved you,we gave those 
 things. 
 
 I have thrown, thou hast 
 seen, he hath judged, ye 
 have done,they have given. 
 
 Ye have sent, hand has 
 washed hand. 
 
 I had led, ye had written, 
 he had rubbed, we had 
 sent, ye had taught, they 
 had sung. 
 
96 EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 Συ ^ραφω, εγω τυπΊω. 
 
 Second Jlorist. Τυπτω, <ρευ• 
 
 γω, Χειπω, tfpatftfw. 
 . Ιίας φεύγω, τρέπω πολύς χρυ• 
 
 όος. 
 Έγω Χεγω και «TrpaCtfw ου7ο£. 
 
 Ye had written, we had 
 
 struck. 
 They struck, we fled, thou 
 
 left, ye did. 
 They all fled, gold turns 
 
 many men. 
 We spoke and did these 
 
 things. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Ό Αιγύπτιος ταξιδεύω ο νεκ- 
 ροί. 
 
 OuVors Χεγω ήδυ£, άλλα κα- 
 χιζω. 
 
 Φζυγω η εχ^α ό πονερος, διώ- 
 κω 7} φίλια δ χρη(Γ•το^. 
 
 Έαν ό tfais ΰωφξονεω 1 μαν^ανω 
 επιμελώς. 
 
 Το $ειον tfu φυλοκτω, avrf, 
 ε'αν δ δικαιο£ 2 πράττω. 1 
 
 Παραμένω kvg αν δ αδελφοί 
 ^κς*;. 1 
 
 Φιλοί, άνυτω 3 ταχέως χαλε- 
 
 4Γ0£ flT0V0£. 
 
 Ti£ αν «ττιανεω 3 ψευον^ ; 
 Τιμάω 4 έκαθΥο£ δ καλο£ 5 και 
 
 άλη0?1£, 5 και μιίεω 4 δ αϊ^ρος 5 
 
 και το ψευδός. 
 Ζηλοω 4 δ εό&Χος άνηρ. 
 
 The Egyptians embalm 
 their dead. 
 
 Thou never speakest plea- 
 sant things, but reproach- 
 est. 
 
 We fiee the enmity of the 
 wicked, and pursue the 
 friendship of the good. 
 
 If bo} 7 s are wise, they learn 
 diligently. 
 
 The deity guards you, Ο 
 men, if ye do right. 
 
 I remain until the (two) 
 brothers come. 
 
 Ο friend, mayest thou 
 quickly dispatch the seveie 
 labors. 
 
 Who would trust a liar 1 
 
 Let each one honor the hon- 
 orable and true, and hate 
 the base and false. 
 
 Emulate the s:ood man. 
 
 (1) Subj : pres: (2) Neu : plu: (3) Opt: pres : 
 (4) Imperative. (5) Neu : sing. 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 97 
 
 Δει aypurfvew 1 και tfovsw. 1 
 
 lit is necessary to watch and 
 labor. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Ό 'Αθηναίος εχω δέκα Άρχων 
 
 (-οντος). 
 Ό Κρης (-ητος) κελεύω δ #αις 
 
 (-δος) μαν^ανω 1 ο νομός. 
 Άριατειδης και ν Θεμιστοκλής 
 
 οΥαοΊα^ω, 2 έτι ων 2 #αις. 2 
 
 The Athenians had ten Arch- 
 
 ons. 
 The Cretans commanded the 
 
 children to learn the laws. 
 Aristides and Themistocles 
 
 contended, yet being chilr 
 
 dren. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Άρχετιμος ομιλία δ ItfTa tfo- 
 φος γράφω. 
 
 Ό άγαβοςάνηρ ή εαυτού ^νωμη 
 iitfoTatftfoj δ δ< οίκων 3 δ δλος. 4 
 
 Διοξίνης 0αυμα£ω 5 δ ρητωρ 6 
 (-ορός) μεν ονουδα^ω 7 λε^ω 8 
 δ δίκαιος, 4 δράττω 8 δε ουδα- 
 μώς. 
 
 *0 άνηρ (ανδρός) ούτος ή tfo- 
 φια 9 θαυμάζω. 
 
 Architimus has written a 
 conversation of the seven. 
 wise men. 
 
 The good man has submit- 
 ted his own judgment to 
 him who rules all things. 
 
 Diogenes wondered that 
 orators were diligent to 
 say right things, but not 
 at all to do them. 
 
 I have admired the wisdom 
 of these men. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 *0 Πολέμων κατά #ας 4 £ηλοω 
 δ Ηενοκρατης (-ου). 
 
 Polemon, in every thing, 
 had emulated Zenocrates. 
 
 (1) Infin. (2) Dual. (3) Dative part : (4) Neu: 
 p*u: (5) Imperf: (6) Ace: plu : (7) Infin: perf: 
 (8) Infin : pres : (9) Accus : sing : 
 
98 
 
 EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 Ό Φιλαίελφος ΰπουδαζω δ 
 πας 1 πράττω επιμελώς. 
 
 Μενέδημος μεν Ξενοκράτης 
 (-ου) καταφρονεω, 2 δε ΣτιΧ- 
 «7Των [όνος) ύαυμο,ζω. 
 
 e O cpiXog" ή ε'<7πστολη αποστέλ- 
 λω προ η άφιξις 3 (-εως) αυ- 
 τού. 
 
 Philadelphus had been care- 
 ful to do all things diligent- 
 
 ly. 
 
 Menedemus despised Zeno- 
 crates, bat had admired 
 Stilpon. 
 
 The friend had sent the let- 
 ter before his coming. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 Ου καταισχύνω oVXov δ Ιερός, 
 oW εγκαταλείπω δ παραστά- 
 της (-ου). 
 
 Ό όπουδαιος δράττω ou5si£ 4 
 άτοκος. 
 
 Τις εκείνος φιΧεω ος εαυτού 
 ατιμάζω ; 
 
 'Ayowrao δ Κύριος δ όεος εγω. 
 
 Ό ασθενής ευ^αιμονι^ω δ υχιης 
 
 (εος-ους). 
 Τις αγγεΚΚω ή πατρίς (~ιδος) 
 
 το ατύχημα ; 
 
 I will not dishonor the sa- 
 cred arms, nor desert my 
 comrade. 
 
 The diligent man will do 
 nothing out of its place. 
 
 Who will love those who 
 shall dishonor themselves ί 
 
 Thou shalt love the Lord 
 thy God. 
 
 The sick will praise the 
 healthy. 
 
 Who shall announce to his 
 country the misfortune ? 
 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 Ου πωποτε εγω υπομένω τοόου 
 τος χειμων (όνος). 
 
 Θεμιστοκλής χωρίον πωΚεω, 5 
 κελεύω κηρύττω, 6 δτι και γειτ- 
 ων (-όνος) χρηστός ε'χω. 7 
 
 Never did I endure such a 
 
 • storm. 
 
 Themistocles selling a farm, 
 ordered to proclaim that it 
 has a good neighbour. 
 
 (1) Ace: plu: neu : (2) Imperf: (3) Gen: 
 (4) Neu : sing : (5) Pres : Part : (6) Infin : pres : 
 (7) Pres: 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 99 
 
 Μη ίικη δικάζω, 1 tfpiv αμφω 
 μνόος ακούω. 1 
 
 Χαλεπός (εατι) 5ιακρινω 3 δ κο• 
 
 λαξ (-ακος) κα/ δ φίλος. 
 Αιονυόιος όυ\αω πας δ βησ'αυ- 
 
 ρος. 
 Δεινοκράτης 'Αλεξάνδρεια κτι- 
 
 ζω κατά ο'χημα χλαμυς 
 
 (-ιδος) Μακεδόνικος. 
 Πωλεω 4 #ας δαΌς ε'χω. 
 
 Thou shouldst not render 
 judgment before thou hast 
 heard the story of both. 
 
 It is hard to distinguish a 
 flatterer and a friend. 
 
 Dionysius carried away all 
 the treasures. 
 
 Dinocrates built Alexandria 
 after the form of a Mace- 
 donian cloak. 
 
 Sell all whatsoever thou 
 hast. 
 
 SECOND AORIST. 
 
 Ουδείς θάνατος φεύγω. 
 Θυμός λει^ω ο'ίΤτεον. 
 ΧρυαΌς τρέπω ποΧυς, 
 Μη τις δόλος εγω κτείνω. 5 
 Έαω 6 αυτός εχφευγω. Ί 
 Ουκ $ελω 8 λει-ττω 9 δ Wntog. 
 
 No one escaped death. 
 The spirit left the bones. 
 Gold turned many. 
 Lest some snare kill me. 
 Suffer them to flee. 
 He would not leave the 
 horses. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 Present. 'Ayatfaw, όαυμα- 
 ζω, τυ^τω, κολάζω, λειττω, 
 άκουω. ι 
 
 I am loved^thou art admir- 
 ed, he is struck, we are 
 punished, ye are left, they 
 are heard. 
 
 (1) Subj: 1st Aor: (2) Gen: dual: (3) Infin : 
 pres : (4) Imper : 1st Aor : (5) Subj : 2d Aor : 
 (6) Imper : 1st Aor : (7) Infin. 2d Aor : (8) Imperf. 
 (9) Infin : 2d Aor : 
 
100 
 
 EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 Imperf. Λει#ω, <πω, ^ραα'α'ω, 
 ύωζω, διώκω, ίτεμ^ω. 
 
 First Future. Βλετω, κρίνω, 
 ^ραφω, ίγω ^ιον-ευω, tfu φυ 
 λ/χίΜω, εκείνος Στέλλω. 
 
 Perfect. Διδάσκω, δίδωμί, <π- 
 δημι, δεικνυμι, Σφάλλω, #εμ- 
 #ω. 
 
 I was left, he was honor- 
 ed, it was done, we were 
 saved, ye were pursued, 
 they were sent. 
 
 I shall be seen, thou shalt 
 be judged, it shall be writ- 
 ten, we shall be believed, 
 ye shall be watched, they 
 shall be sent. 
 
 I have been taught, thou 
 hast been given, he has 
 been placed, we have been 
 shown, ye have been sup- 
 planted, they have been 
 sent. 
 
 Pluperfect. <πω, Στέλλω, ypa- 
 φω, άρ#α£ω, /3λα«τττω, λυω. 
 
 First Jbrist. 
 
 7ω, τυ^τω, 
 €ωζω. 
 
 Φϋλαβνω, vitf. 
 άκουω, λει#ω, 
 
 had been honored, thou 
 hadst been sent, it had been 
 written, we had been seiz- 
 ed, ye had been hurt, they 
 had been unbound. 
 I was watched, thou wast 
 washed, he was struck, we 
 were heard, ye were left, 
 they were saved. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Δομο$ ταράζω. 
 
 Ανηρ (-opog) χαράκτη ρ ix 
 
 \ογος ι γνωρίζω. 
 
 Ο κακο£ βουλομαι δ ayadog 
 
 άδικεω. 2 
 *0 δραπέτης (-ου) καν μη διω• 
 
 χω, 
 
 ' φοβεω. 
 
 The house is disturbed. 
 A man's character is known 
 
 by his word. 
 The bad wish the good to 
 
 be injured. 
 Runaways even if they are 
 
 not pursued are afraid. 
 
 (1) Genit: sing: (2) Infin: (3) Subj: 
 
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING. 101 
 
 Ούτος δοκιμάζω 1 #ρω<τον. |Let these be judged first. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Ό Άύψαιος βλάπτω μαλα. 
 
 Ό Περο'ηί (-οι>; μι^εω και 
 
 καταφρονεω. 
 ΤΙνΰαγορας «τταρα δ Κρότωνα- 
 
 * r \£ (-ου) τιμάω. 
 
 The Athenians were injui 
 
 ed greatly. 
 The Persians were hated 
 
 and despised. 
 Pythagoras was honored 
 
 by Crotonians. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Ei$ £ημια όρι£ω <ιϊας. : 
 
 Αιγυιΐτιοζ 3 το *τΓυρ νομίζω $ηρι- 
 ον ε/μ« έμψυχος. 
 
 Ω ε/ω, 4 & δβρι£ω. 
 
 One punishment has been 
 established for all. 
 
 By the Egyptians fire was 
 thought to be a living ani- 
 mal. 
 
 Ο me, how have we been in- 
 sulted. 
 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 Ό ' Αθήναι off ταράζω. 
 ' Επειδή ά^ελλω, ά-πΊΟτεω. 5 
 Μη κρίνω, 6 ίνα μη κρίνω. 7 
 Ευφραίνω, 8 suvog (εο£-ου$). 
 
 The Athenians were thrown 
 
 into confusion. 
 When it was announced, 
 
 they disbelieved. 
 Judge not, that ye be not 
 
 judged. 
 Rejoice, ye gentiles. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 Έκε<νο£ καλεω υ\ος δ όζος. 
 
 They shall be called sons of 
 God. 
 
 (1) Imper : (2) Dative. (3) Dative plu : (4) Dative 
 sing: (5) Imperf: act: (6) Imper: pres : act: 
 (7) Subj : pass : Imperf. (8) Imperative 
 
102 
 
 EXEJRCISES IN TRANSLATING. 
 
 *Ος μέλλω 1 ^αττω, μη flfpo- 
 Χεγω 2 αποτύχω 3 γαρ ^ελαω, 
 
 Αίίεομαι 4 ^εαυτού, χαϊ ούχ 
 αίΰγννω. 
 
 What you are about to do 
 foretell not, for if unsuc- 
 cessful you will be laugh- 
 ed at. 
 
 Reverence thyself, and thou 
 shalt not be brought to 
 shame. 
 
 SECOND AORIST. 
 
 Ό βαόιΧευς ΰφαόόω, και πας 
 η Μακεδόνικος δυναμις χα<τα- 
 κοιΐτω. 
 
 Πλάτων &απτω 5 εν 'Ακαδημία. 
 
 Αε^ω η Ιόις (-ιος) όαπτω, κατά 
 Μέμφις 6 
 
 The king was killed, and 
 all the Macedonian force 
 was cut off. 
 
 Plato was buried in Aca- 
 deme. 
 
 They say that Isis was bu- 
 ried near Memphis. 
 
 (1) Pres: act: (2) Pres : Imper: act: (3) Pres : 
 act : part : (4) Imper : (5) 2d Aor : ετάφην. (6) Μεμ- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 'AyaS-o's, η, ο'ν, good. 
 
 ayatf -άω, ώ, ηίω, ηγάνηχα, 
 to love. From 
 
 άγάπ-ψ-ης. f. 1. love. 
 
 άγαπη-τός, ή, όν. beloved, 
 
 αγγβλ-ος, ου. com. 2. an an- 
 gel ; a messenger. 
 
 άγέλ-η, τις. f. 1. a herd 
 flock. 
 
 'AyijCiXa-og, ou. m. 2. Agesi- 
 laus. 
 
 ayi-os, α, ο v. holy. 
 
 Αγ-\ς, \δος. m. 3. Agis. 
 
 αγχυρ-α, ας. f. 1. an an- 
 chor. 
 
 ayvoi -α, ας. f. 1. ignorance 
 from ocyvosw, not to know. 
 
 ayop -ά, 6c£. f. 1. a market- 
 place. 
 
 ayop -άξω, άόω, η^ορακα. to 
 buy ; from άγοξά. 
 
 aypi-o£, a, ov. wild, rough ; 
 from ay p off, a field. 
 
 ayputfv-os, ov, g. ou. adj. 
 wakeful ; from <xuVvo£. 
 
 ayw, άξω, ηχα ; to go, to 
 lead ; 2. a. ^yayov. part. 
 
 ayayoav, by Att. redup. for 
 ccywv. 
 
 άγωνί-ξω — ζο^Μ, f. (Τομαί, 
 Tjywvj^aa/jto contend, strug- 
 gle ; imperf. ηγωνιξόμψ, ou, 
 ετο ; from ay&v, a contest. 
 
 άδδλφ-ή, %. f. 1. a sister. 
 
 άδε\φ-ός 9 ov. m. 2. a brother. 
 
 «iffOJff, adv. without fear. 
 
 ά&κ-έω, ω, ή<7ω, ή5ίκηκα 5 to 
 do injustice, from α not, and 
 δίχτ„ right. 
 
 ά&κί-α, ας. f. 1. injustice. 
 
 α&κ-ο£, ov, g. ou. adj. unjust 
 
 άδύνατ-ος, ov, g. ou. adj. im- 
 possible. 
 
 αδω, οΰω, yxa. to sing. 
 
 αεί, adv. always. 
 
 αήρ, άερο£. m. 3. the air (or 
 atmosphere ;) from άω, to 
 blow. 
 
 ά^άναΊ-ος, ov, g. ou. adj. im- 
 mortal ; from α not and 0ά- 
 να7ο£. 
 
 'ΑΟην-α, fc f. 1. Minerva. 
 
 \A05jv-ai, ων. f. 1. pi. Athens. 
 
 Ά&ψαΐ-ος, ou. m. 2. an Athe- 
 nian. 
 
 ά2τλη7-ή$, ou. m. 2. a. wrest• 
 
104 
 
 ler ; from as^sXog, a con- 
 test 
 
 α$λι-ο£, α, ov. wretched, 
 
 ΑίγυΐΜ'ός, ο ν, g. ου. a,dj• 
 Egyptian. 
 
 ΑΊγυπΊ-ος, ου. f. 2. Egypt. 
 
 α/μ-α, wro£, η. 3. blood. 
 
 α*ξ, αϊγός, f. 3. a she-goat. 
 
 α!ρε7ώ7ε-ρο£, α, ov, more de- 
 sirable ; comp. of αίρε70£. 
 
 αΐρ-έω, Vw, >}ρηκα, to take, 
 seize ; 2. f. ελω, 2. a. 
 εϊλον. 
 
 α'/ρω,άρω,^ρκα, to take away, 
 kill. f 
 
 aitf^p-fe, <x, ov. base, shame- 
 ful ; from ακίγος, shame. 
 
 aityp&g, adv. basely. 
 
 αίσχύν-η, ης, f. 1. shame, dis- 
 grace. 
 
 αίόγύ-νω, νω, fje^yxa, to 
 shame, disgrace ; αίίχυνο• 
 μαι, to be ashamed of, to 
 reverence. 
 
 AiflOwr-o£, ου. m. 2. iEsop. 
 
 αιτ-εω, ω, tjCw, ηΐηκα, to ask 
 
 αΠι-α, α$. f. 1. a cause, a 
 reason. 
 
 cuYi -άομαι, ωμαι, άοΌμαι, η7ία• 
 μαι, to accuse, blame. 
 
 α/ων, wvos, m. 3. an age, eter- 
 nity. 
 
 αϊώνι -og, ov. g. ου. adj. and 
 
 αιώνι-ο£, α, ov. eternal. 
 axaSapr-Q£, ov. g. ου. adj. un- 
 clean. 
 
 άκίνδυν -os, ov. g. ου. adj. safe, 
 
 free from danger ; from a 
 
 not and κίνδυνος. 
 άκμά-£ω, ίω, ^κμακα ; to 
 
 bloom. 
 άκου-ω, #ω, ή'κουκα, to hear ; 
 
 imperf. 'ίκουον, perf. m. άκή- 
 
 κοα. 
 
 ,χρίς, ίδος. f. 3. a locust. 
 άκρον, ου. η. 2. a summit, 
 
 the top. 
 ακρο£, α, ov. adj. high, lofty. 
 Άκ7αί-ων, wvo£. m. 3. Actse- 
 
 on. 
 αΚαξονεί-α, ας. f. 1. boasting. 
 άλα£, αΧαΙος ; η. 3. salt ; 
 
 from αλς. 
 άλγ-εω, ω. f. ήα'ω. -ξλ^ηκα ; 
 
 to be in pain, to be grieved. 
 
 From 
 aXy -ος, εος. η. 3. pain, grief. 
 άλεκ7ρυ-ών, όνος. com. 3. a 
 
 cock or hen ; from a not 
 
 and λεκ7ρον, a bed. 
 Άλε'ξανδρ-ο£, ου. m. 2. Alex- 
 ander, 
 άλ^εί-α, ας. f. 1. truth. 
 αΧ^-τ,ς, ες, g. εος. adj. true. 
 a\r\fav-og, ή, όν. true, certain. 
 αΚφως. adv. truly. 
 α"Κι-εύς, εος. m. 3. a fisher- 
 man ; from αΚς. 
 Άλκιβιάδ-η^, ου. m. 1. Alci- 
 
 biades. 
 άλκιμ-ο^, η, ov. strong, from 
 
 αλκή, strength. 
 
105 
 
 αλλ' and αλλά, conj. but. 
 
 άλλήλ-ων, ων, ων. g. pi. pron. 
 (nam. wanting) one anoth- 
 er. 
 
 άλλ-ο£, η, ο. pron. other.' 
 
 αΚΚοτρι-ος, α, ov. of others. 
 
 αΚογ•ος 9 ov, g. ou. adj. desti 
 tute of reason ; from α not 
 and \όγος. 
 
 αΚς, αΚός. f. 3. the sea, salt. 
 
 ajxaSsV7a7-o£, ov, g. ου. adj. 
 most ignorant ; super, of 
 άμα^ήί, illiterate. 
 
 άμάρ7ημ-α, α7ο£. n. 3. a fault, 
 sin, error. 
 
 άμαρ7ί-α, α$. f. 1. a sin, 
 fault. 
 
 Άμινα?-ο£, α, ov. Aminsean. 
 
 άμΐλ-εω, ω, τ)υω, ήμεληκα ; to 
 neglect. 
 
 άμια^ί ; adv. without reward 
 
 άμν-ο£, ου. m. 2. a lamb. 
 
 αμ<Τ£λ-ο£, ου. f. 2. a vine. 
 
 άμτελ-ών, ώνο£, m. 3. a vine- 
 yard. 
 
 άμωμ-ο£, ov, g. ου. adj. blame- 
 less. 
 
 ciy, conj. if. It sometimes 
 gives the verb connected 
 with it the meaning of 
 could, would, might, &c. 
 
 ανά, prep, by, through, with. 
 
 άνα-βαίνω, /3ή#ομαι, ,βε'βηκα ; 
 to ascend ; from ανά and 
 βαίνω. 
 
 άναχ^ε'λ-λω, λω, ανηγγζΧχα ; 
 
 to bring back word ; from 
 
 άνά and άγγέΧΚω. 
 άν&γχά-ξω, (?ω, yjpayxaxa, to 
 compel ; from ανάγκη, ne- 
 cessity. 
 
 άναγκαΓ-ο£, a, ov. necessary. 
 
 ν-έρχομαι, ελευδ'όμαι, 2. a. 
 act. avr^Srov ; to arrive at. 
 
 άναί<5ει-α, as. f. 1. impu- 
 dence. . 
 
 faaip -ύω, ήίΤω, άντξρηκα, 2. a. 
 m. άνειλόμην, to take away, 
 from άνά and αφεω. 
 
 άνατίμπλη-μί, (Τω, to fill. 
 
 άνατέλλ-ω, λω, άνα7~'7αλκα ; 
 to rise up ; from άνά and 
 •τε'λλω. 
 
 άναφέξώ, άνοίυω, to bear 
 away. 
 
 άνορά^οΊ-ον, ου. n. 2. a slave. 
 
 άνορ-Γ-οίτ, α, ov. brave, man- 
 like ; from άν^ρ. 
 
 άνεμ-ο£, ου. m. 2. the wind. 
 
 άνευ, adv. without, except. 
 
 άν-ήρ, έρο£, ορός, m. 3. a man. 
 
 άν£ο£, εος. n. 3. a flower. 
 
 άν^ρώττίν-οί, η, ov. human. 
 
 αν^ρωπ-ος, ου. m. 2. a man. 
 
 άνι-άω, ω, τ,ΰω, to afflict. 
 
 avu7,7-oc, ov, g. ου. adj. weak- 
 minded, from α not and 
 νοεω, to think. 
 
 άν7ί and άντ\ prep. for. 
 
 άν7ΐ7ράφ-ω, ψω, γύγραφα, to 
 write back. 
 
 άντιττοίί-ω, ω, Υβω, to oppose. 
 
106 
 
 flylp-ov, ου. η. 2. a cave, den. 
 
 άνωθεν, adv. above. 
 
 άνωφελ-^, ες, g. εος. adj. un- 
 profitable. 
 
 άξι-ος, α, ον. worthy, of the 
 value of. 
 
 άηταγγεΧί-α, ας. f. 1. good ti- 
 dings, information. 
 
 άιϊαιδεύΊ-ος 9 ov, g. ou. adj. il 
 literate. 
 
 απ-ας, atfa, av. every one, all 
 
 ά«7τά7-η, η?, f. 1 . fraud, decep 
 tion. 
 
 άνεβ-ης, s& g. έο£. adj. diso- 
 bedient. 
 
 άπείρατ-ος, ov, g. ou. not 
 tempted, from α and «τειράω, 
 to try. 
 
 άττε'-χω, ξω. pres. pass. dwrs 
 χομαι, to abstain ; from atfo 
 and ε χω. 
 
 άκκΑί-α, ας, f. 1. unbelief. 
 
 ά'ττλ-όο^ ouc ? οη η, όον ουν. (con- 
 tracted) simple, without 
 guile. 
 
 άττλοόαίερ-οέ, α, ov, more 
 simple, compar. of ατίΚους. 
 
 atfo or air' prep. from. 
 
 atfo -βάλλω, /βάλω, /3ε'§ληκα, 
 2. a. άττέβαλον ; to cast 
 away, reject. 
 
 άττο-βλε^ω, /3λε'ψω, βεβληφα, 
 to look upon ; from ewro 
 and /3λενω. 
 
 άτο-^έχομα», δεξομα», δεδεγμαι, 
 to receive from. 
 
 άΑΌ-δίίωμι, ίώίω, δε'ίωκα, to 
 restore ; from άττό and δί- 
 δω μι, 
 άπο&νηέχω, fut. atfotooE /μαι, 
 perf. άττοτέ^νηκα, 2. aor. 
 sVsdavov, to die away, to 
 die, to be put to death; from 
 ά<ττό and βνήα'κω. 
 α<7Το-κ7είνω, κ7ενώ, airix7axa, 
 and άπέκΊαγχα, 2. a. άπέχΊα- 
 νον, to kill. 
 άττο-λαύω, XauVw, λε'λαυκα, to 
 enjoy ; from άττο' and λαύω, 
 to enjoy. 
 aVo-X&iVcj, λείψω, λε'λεκρα, to 
 leave, forsake ; from oVo 
 and XsiVw. 
 Μονειρ-α, ας, f. 1. a trial. 
 άττο-ττλε'ω, ττλέυο'ω, "ττενλευκα, 
 to sail away from. Th. 
 ττλε'ω. 
 cMrop -ε'ω, Vw, to be in want ; 
 from a not and cro pos, a 
 way. 
 ά < ττο-σ'7ελλω,σ'τελω,ά'7Τεσ'7αλκα, 
 2. a. άιϊέΰΊαΧον, to send 
 away. 
 aVo'(77oX-o£, ou. m. 2. an apos- 
 tle, a messenger. 
 ά'ΤΓΌ-τί&ημι, ^(Τω, <τε'#ε/κα, to 
 put away ; from aero and 
 «π'^ημι. 
 α^ο-φαίνω, φάνω, ιτεφαγχα, to 
 shew, explain ; from cwfo 
 and φαίνω, 
 ά^ο-χωρεω,χωρ^ω,κεχώρηκα, 
 
107 
 
 to withdraw ; from dW and 
 
 χωρεω, to yield. 
 oWoj, άψω, $ρα, to light, kin 
 
 die. 
 άρα. adv. whether, truly. 
 Άράβν.ης, on. m. 1. Aras- 
 
 pes. 
 άργυρ-ος, ou. m. 2. silver. 
 άργύρι-ον, ου. η. 2. money. 
 άξέ-όχω, tf&j, ηρεχα, to please 
 άρετ-η, ης. f. 1. virtue. 
 
 <*P~X W > ξω, '?PX« 3 to begin, 
 govern ; from αρχή. 
 
 αρχ-ων, ovroff, m. 3. a ruler. 
 
 μΰεξ-ης, ες, g. εο$. adj. impi- 
 ous. 
 
 άόόένει-α., ας, f. 1. weakness. 
 
 a&svictrsp-cg, a, ov. weaker ; 
 compar. of αό^ενης. 
 
 atfdsv -εω, ω, ή^ω, ϊβόένηχα, to 
 be sick ; from α not, and 
 tr&s'voff, strength. 
 
 *Αρ-η£, εο£ or scjff, m. 3. Marsjatf^sv-^, ες, g. s'off. adj. weak. 
 
 war. ι'ΑοΊ'-α, as. f. 1. Asia. 
 
 'ApiaJ -νη, νη£ f. 1. Ariadne, άόμεν-ος, η, ov. cheerful, joy- 
 
 άρί^μ-εω, ω, ήοΌ), ήρ&μηκα, 
 to count ; from άρ&μός, 
 number. 
 
 fnl. 
 
 ΆαΌυρί-οί, g. ων. m. 2. the 
 Assyrians. 
 
 upKfr -άω, ω, ήαΌ), ηρίΰΊηχα, toaurspov-Yi, ης. f. 1. lightning. 
 
 dine. άα^-ήρ, spoff, m. 3. a star. 
 
 άρ/σνερ -o'ff, ά, όν. left, left sideJ'Atfruay-^^ so?, ouff, m. 3. As- 
 
 apiaV-off, η, ov. best, most ex- 
 cellent ; superl. of άγα,ύος. 
 
 ; Αρίσ•το•7ε'λ-ηί, εος, ους. m. 3. 
 Aristotle. 
 
 : Αρκάοι-ος, ου. m. 2. an Ar- 
 cadian. 
 
 αρμ-α, ατο£, n. 3. a chariot 
 
 άρπα.- ζω, Ceo, ήρττακα, to seize. 
 
 * Αρτεμ,-ις, ιδος. f. 3. Diana. 
 
 άρτι. adv. now, lately. 
 
 figr-off, ou. m. 2. bread. 
 
 αρχ-ή, iff, a beginning, pow- 
 er, a magistrate. 
 
 apxicp-sJ'c:, swff, m. 3. the 
 chief 'priest. 
 
 άρχομαι, αρξομαι, to begin. 
 
 s tyages. 
 
 ά(Τφαλ-%, fff, g. Eoff, adj. 
 safe. 
 
 ί'τιμ -off, ov, g. cu. adj. disho- 
 nored. 
 
 άτρωτ-ο^, ov, g. ou. adj. invul- 
 nerable, un wounded. 
 
 Ιτυχί-α, ας, f. 1 . misfortune ; 
 from a not, and τύχη. 
 
 αυ$ί for auVoSr», adv. there. 
 
 αυ -off, η, ov. dry, thirsty. 
 
 αύ-του for εαυτού, of himself. 
 
 auV-off, η, o. pron. he, she, 
 it. 
 
 άφαιρ-εω, ω, ηόω, άφ^ρηκα, to 
 take away ; 2. a. act, 
 
108 
 
 άφείλον, 2. a. mid. άφειλό- 
 μην ; from owro and αιρέω. 
 
 άφ^αρτ-ός, ov, g. οι», adj. in- 
 corruptable. 
 
 άφ-ικνεομαι, ικνοΰμαί, ίξομαι, 
 Γ^μαι, 2. a. τη. άφικόμην ; 
 to arrive at ; from die 6 and 
 ίκνε'ομαι ; to arrive. 
 
 άφίντημι,ά#ο#τήο ν ω,άφε'ο ν <τακο(,, 
 to depart from, abstain 
 from ; from air 6 and ί'σ^ημι. 
 
 άφορ-άω, atfw, άφεώραχα ; to 
 look upon ; from owro and 
 δράω, to see. 
 
 Άφροδί7-η, ης. f. 1. Venus. 
 
 άφρ-ων, ov, g. ovo£. adj. fool 
 ish, mad. 
 
 Άχαι-ο£, ή, όν. Grecian. 
 
 άχαρίον -os, ov, g. ου. adj. un- 
 grateful ; from α not, and 
 
 Β 
 
 βα&-ύς, sTa, y. adj. deep, 
 
 thick. 
 Βακτρίαν -os, η, ov. Bactrian. 
 βάλλω, fut. ,βαλω, βΧηόω, 
 
 /3ε'§ληκα, to throw, cast ; 
 
 2. a. act. εβαλον. 
 ,βα^<τί-£ω, (Τω, βεΖάπτιχα., to 
 
 baptize, to wash; from /3iW- 
 
 TOJ. 
 
 βάρ§αρ-ο£, ov, g. ου. adj. bar- 
 barian; or βάρβαρος, ου. m. 
 
 2. (substantively) a barba- 
 rian. 
 
 βαρ-ύς, ε~α, L•, heavy, hard. 
 
 βασΊλεί-α, as, f. 1. a king- 
 dom. 
 
 βαόιΚ-ένς, ύος, m. 3. a king. 
 
 βαβΊλευ-ω, ΰω, βεβαβ'ίλευκα, 
 to reign. 
 
 βαόιΧιχ-ός, ή, όν, kingly, roy- 
 al. 
 
 βε'6αι-ο£, α, ov, firm ; comp. 
 and super. 
 
 βζξαιότατ-ος, α, ov, firmest. 
 
 βεζοΜοίεξ-ος, α, ov, firmer. 
 
 βέ"Κ-ος, εος, n. 3. an arrow, a 
 dart. 
 
 βε\τιότ-ος, η, ov. best 5 su- 
 perl. of άγσΜς. 
 
 βί-α, ας. ί. 1. force, vio- 
 lence. 
 
 βίβλί-ον, ου. n. 2. a little 
 book. 
 
 βίκ-οζϊ ου. m. 2. an earthen 
 vessel. 
 
 βίας, βίου, m. 2. life. 
 From which 
 
 βι-όω, δ, wtfw, βε£ίωκα, to 
 live. 
 
 βλα/ττ-τω, ψω, βε'§λαφα, to 
 hurt. 
 
 3λέ-4τω, ψω, βϊ'βλεφα, to be- 
 hold. 
 
 βουλεύ-ω, oOj, βεβουλευκα j to 
 consult ; from βουλή. 
 
 βουλ-ή, Sfc, f. 1. will, coun- 
 sel. 
 
109 
 
 /3ούλ-ομαι, ησΌμαι, βεβούλη 
 μα< ; to be willing. 
 
 βους, βοός, com. 3. an οχ, 
 cow, or bull. 
 
 βραδέως, adv. slowly, lazily. 
 
 /3ραχ-υ£, εΓα, ύ. short. 
 
 βρότ-ος, ου. m. a man, a mor- 
 tal. 
 
 /3ρώ-μα, ατός, n. 3. food, vic- 
 tuals. 
 
 Έυξάντι-ος, ου. m. 2. Byzan- 
 tian. 
 
 Γαβριήλ, (indec.) Gabriel. 
 
 Γά£-α, ας. f. 1. Gaza. 
 
 ΤαΧιλαί-α, as, f. 1. Galilee. 
 
 γαρ, conj. for. 
 
 η/α<τ7-ήρ.εροίτ, (po^) 3. the belly. 
 
 γαλ-άω, 0"ω 5 γεγέΧαχα, to 
 laugh. 
 
 ^Ξνναίωέ, adv. courageously. 
 
 γενε-ά, ας. f. 1. a generation. 
 
 γέν-ος, &>£, n. 3. a kind, race; 
 from yivoaa/, to be. 
 
 ygpaiVsp-o£, a, ov, older (for 
 ^ειραίο7εροί) comp. of γεραι- 
 %ς % old. 
 
 ysp -ών, ov, g. ov7o£, adj. old. 
 I yswpy-oc:, ou. m. 2. a hus- 
 bandman. 
 
 γ% 7%> f• 1. the earth, 
 land. 
 
 Γηρυόν-τ,ί:. ου. m. 2. Geryon. 
 
 γίγ•ας. ανΊος, m. 3. a giant ; 
 8 
 
 from γη and γάω, to be 
 
 born, 
 ^ινομα/, or ^ί^νομα», γενήοΌ- 
 
 μαι, γεγενημαι, perf. m. ye- 
 
 /ονα, 2. a. m. έ/ενόμην ; to 
 
 be born, to be, to be made, 
 
 to happen, to become. 
 γινωόχω or γιγνωΰχω, γνωϋω, 
 
 ξγνωχα, 2. a. act. εγνων, 
 
 perf. pass. ε^νωίμα/ ; to 
 
 know, think, understand. 
 ^λυκί-ων, ov, g. ovo£. sweeter ; 
 
 comp. of γλυκύς. 
 γΧωΰΰ-νΐ, ης. f. 1. a tongue. 
 ^νώμ.η, τ,ς. f. 1. an opinion, 
 
 knowledge. 
 γνωρί-ζω, όω, εγνωρίχα, to 
 
 make known ; from ywuti- 
 
 χω. 
 γνωό~ις, εως, f. 3. knowledge. 
 γνωΰτ-ός, η, ov. known. 
 γον-εύς, έως, m. 3. a parent. 
 γόν-ος, ου. m. 2. offspring, 
 ^ράμμ-α, ατός, n. 3. a letter, 
 
 epistle ; from γράφω, 
 γραμματ-εύς, έως, m. 3. a 
 
 scribe. 
 γράφ-ω, ψω, γέγραφα ; to 
 
 write. 
 ^υμν -oV, ή, o'v, naked. 
 yuv -ή, αιχός, f. 3. a woman. 
 
 ΑαΙδαλ'ος, ου. m. 2. Deda- 
 lus. 
 
110 
 
 δάκνω, δήξω, δε'δηχα ; to bite, 
 
 sting*. 
 δάχξυ-ον, ου. η. 2. a tear. 
 
 δακρ-υω, OVw, δεδάκρυκα ; to 
 weep ; from δάκρυ, a tear 
 
 Δα£εί-ο£, ου. m. 2. Darius. 
 
 δε, conj. but, yet. 
 
 δεΓ, (impersonal) it behoves, 
 ought. 
 
 δειχμ-α, οίος, η. 3. an exam- 
 ple. 
 
 δείκνυμι, δείξω, δίδενχα, perf. 
 pass. δε'δει^μαι ; to show. 
 
 δει\-ί>ς, ή, όν, cowardly. 
 
 δεινός, ή, όν, terrible. 
 
 δεινως, adv, terribly. 
 
 δεΓ<7Τν-ον, ου. η. 2. a supper. 
 
 δέκα, adj. (not decl.) ten. 
 
 δ>'κα7-ο£, η, ov, the tenth. 
 
 δε'νδρ-ον, ου, n. 2. a tree. 
 
 δεξι-ός, ά, όν. right. 
 
 δεόπότ-Ύΐς, ου. m. 1. a master. 
 
 δε'-χομαι, -ξομαι, -δέομαι ; to 
 take, receive. 
 
 δη. adv. truly, but, more- 
 over. 
 
 δημ -os, ου. m. 2. the people. 
 
 Δημοο^ε'ν-η^, εο£, ου£, m. 3. 
 Demosthenes. 
 
 δια. prep, of, though, by. 
 
 διάξαΰ-ις, εως,ί. 3. a passage, 
 ford ; from διά and βαίνω, 
 to go. 
 
 δία^ήκ-η, r\g. f. 1. a testa- 
 ment, covenant ; from διά 
 and τί^ημι. 
 
 διακόίΊ-οι, α/, α, two hundred ; 
 from δις twice, and εκα<η'ν, 
 a hundred. 
 
 διακρί-νω, νω, διακίκρικα, to 
 distinguish ; from διά and 
 κρίνω. 
 
 διάλυο"-^, εως } f. 3. dissolu- 
 tion. 
 
 διαμε-νω, νω, διαμεμε'νηκα ; to 
 remain ; from δια and μέ- 
 νω. 
 
 δια-νέμω, νέμω, νενε'μηκα ; to 
 divide ; from διά and νέμω, 
 to divide. 
 
 διαν-υω, υ(Γω, διήνυκα ; to per- 
 form ; from διά and αν υ ω, 
 to finish, 
 
 διαττεμ^-ω, •ψω, δια^ε^εμφα ; 
 to send away ; from διά and 
 «τε'μπ'ω. 
 ιατι, adv. why, wherefore. 
 
 διαφέρω, δ/οί^ω, 1. a. διήνεχκα; 
 to excel, differ from ; from 
 διά and φέρω. 
 
 διάφορ-ο£, ov. adj. different, 
 diverse ; from διαφέρω. 
 
 διαφυλ-άα'σ'ω, ά|ω, διαττεφύλα- 
 κα ; to guard carefully ; 
 from δ<ά and φυλάγω. 
 
 διδαχΊ-ός, η, όν. taught. 
 
 διδάα'καλ-οίτ, ου. m. 2. a mas- 
 ter ; teacher. From 
 
 διδάσκω, ξω, δεδίδαχα ; to 
 teach, instruct. 
 
 δίδωμι, δώ<ίω, δ&δωκα ; to give, 
 grant• 
 
Ill 
 
 δίκαι-ο£, α, ον. just. Hence 
 comp. and super. 
 
 dixouoroLT-og, η, ov. most just. 
 
 δικαίότερ -oc, α, ov. more just. 
 
 διό, conj. therefore ; from δια 
 ο, because of. 
 
 Αιογεν-ης, ίος, m. 3. Dioge- 
 nes. 
 
 διότι, conj. wherefore, be- 
 cause. 
 
 Αίς, διός, m. 3. Jupiter. 
 
 διψ-άω, ω, ήσΌ), δεδίψηκα ; to 
 be thirsty j from δίψα, 
 thirst. 
 
 διώ-κω, |ω, δεδιωχα ; to pur- 
 sue, drive away. 
 
 Δί-ων, όνος, m. 3. Dion. 
 
 δοκεΓ, pres. impers. it seems. 
 
 δοκ-έω, ω, δόξω, δε'δοχα, to 
 seem, think. 
 
 δοκιμά-ξω % tiu, δεδοκίμακα ; to 
 prove, try. 
 
 δόλ-ος, ου. m. 2. deceit. 
 
 δόξ-α, η<:, f. 1. glory. 
 
 δο|ά-£ω, σω, όεδόξακα, to 
 think, to glorify ; from 
 δο'κεω. 
 
 δότ-ηρ-ηρο^, m. 3. a donor, a 
 giver. 
 
 δούλε ί-α, ας, f. 1. servitude. 
 From 
 
 .δουλ -os, ou. m. 2. a servant. 
 
 δράκ -wVj ov7ocr, m. 3. a dragon. 
 
 δραχμ-ή, η?, f. 1. a drachm. 
 
 δρ-άω, ώ, ά(Τω, Inf. pres. δραν, 
 to do. 
 
 δρυ£, δρυός, f. 3. an oak. 
 
 δύναμαι, 1. f. m. δυνήαΌμα*, to 
 be able. 
 
 δύναμ-ις, εως, f. 3. power, 
 strength. 
 
 δυναί-ός, y, όν. possible, able, 
 strong. 
 
 Co, or Att. δι; co, g. pi. δυων 
 dat. δυϋι, two. 
 
 δύόχο'Κ-ος, ov, g. ou. adj. diffi- 
 cult, hard. 
 
 δύα'μορφ-ο^, ov, g. ou. adj. de- 
 formed ; from δύς, signify- 
 ing privation, and μ^ρφή, 
 form. 
 
 δον#ολ-ο£, ov, g. ou. adj. dis- 
 agreeable. 
 
 δόω — see δυο, two. 
 
 δώδεκα, adj. (not decl.) 
 twelve. 
 
 δωρε-ά, ας. f. 1. a present. 
 
 δωρ-ον, ou. n. 2. a gift. 
 
 'Εάν, conj. if, unless ; from 
 ε and αν. 
 
 εαυτ -ou, r t c, ου. pron. of him- 
 self. 
 
 3γγί-ξω, όω, tyyixa, to ap- 
 proach, press forward. 
 
 έχ-είρω, ερω, ^ερκα, to raise 
 up, to excite. 
 
 ^κράτει-α, ας, f. 1. temper- 
 ance, restraint. 
 
112 
 
 ίγχροντ-ης, ες, g. iog. adj. tem- 
 ' perate, moderate, 
 έ^κώμι-ον,ου. η. 2. an encomi- 
 iram, praise. 
 
 εγώ, εμού or μου. I. page 3. 
 εί)έλ-ω, τ}(ϊω, ηκα, to wish, to 
 
 will, to be able. 
 § ! &v-o£, εος, η. 3. a nation. 
 ε%-ος, ζος, η. 3. a custom. 
 εί, conj. if. though, since. 
 ει μή, conj. if not, unless, 
 ε'/δω, ε'/αΌμαί, p. m. ο/δα, to 
 
 see, to know ; 2. a. ε /δον 
 
 and /δον ; part. 2. a. /δών ; 
 
 2. a. m. ίδόμην, 2. a. m. Inf. 
 
 ιδέο*&αι. 
 είκο-ίι, adj. (not decl.) twen- 
 
 εικ-ών, όνο£, f. 3. an image. 
 
 Ε/μί ; I am, see page 26. 
 
 Sipf/v -η, 7j£, f. 1. peace. 
 
 ε&, prep, in, into, for, to. 
 
 εΐς, μία, εν, one, page 17. 
 
 ε/ο'-ε'ρχομαί ; ηλεύοΌμαι, p. m. 
 ελήλυ^α, to come or go in, 
 to enter ; from εις and έρ- 
 χομαι..' 
 
 siflViVrw, fut. ε/ονεαΌυμαι, 
 ρ erf. gjWsVrwxa, 2 aor. 
 siffsrfsffovy to fall into, to 
 rush upon, to attack ; from 
 ει'ί and tffVroj. 
 
 gi<JVi(f7si5-w, tfw, ε/Όνε^ίο^Ιευκα, 
 to believe in. 
 
 slcfw and etfw, prep, for sfe, 
 in ; within. 
 
 εκ. prep, of, from, out of. 
 
 ϊχαϋτ-ος, η, ov. each, every 
 one. 
 
 sxalodl-og, ή, όν. the hun- 
 dredth. 
 
 εκ§άλ-λω, ω, έκβε'βληκα, to 
 cast or drive out ; from εκ 
 and βάλλω. 
 
 εκεΓ, adv. there. 
 
 εχεΓνο^ η, ο, he, she, it ; this, 
 that. 
 
 ΙκκληοΊ'-α, ct£, f. 1. an assem- 
 bly, church ; from εκ and 
 καλέω, to call. 
 
 sxxoVr-w, ψω•; to cut off; 
 from εκ and χοπΊω. 
 
 ίχ\εγ-ω, ξω, εκλελεχα, to 
 choose, select. Hence 
 
 εκλέγομαι, in mid. form, f. 
 εκλέγομαι. 1. a. m. ε|ελε|ά- 
 μην, to choose out, elect. 
 
 έκλεκ•τ-0£, ή, όν, chosen. 
 
 εκ-<7τλέοο, «ττλεύσΌ^ ; to sail out 
 of port; from, εκ and τλέω, 
 to sail. 
 
 οκτ-είνω, ενω, εχτέτσ.κα, to 
 stretch out, extend. 
 
 εκτ-ό;, ή, όν. sixth. 
 κφο£-οί:, ov, g. ου. adj. fear- 
 less : from εκ and φό*ος, 
 fear. 
 
 έλάχιΰΊ-ϋζ, η, ov. smallest ; 
 super, of εΧα,γυς, small. 
 
 ελα^-όω, ώβΌ), ήλάττωκα, to 
 lessen ; from ελαχνς 
 
 ε'λαφρ-όί:, ά, όν, light. 
 
113 
 
 ελε-ο£, ου. m. 2. pity. 
 
 ελευ^ερί-α, ας, f. 1. freedom. 
 
 ελεύ^Βρ-οζ, α, ov, free. Hence 
 is 
 
 ελευ^ερ-όω, £3, ώίίω, ήλευ^ε'ρω- 
 κα, to make free. 
 
 ελκύω, ελκύσω, 1. a. εί'λκυ- 
 (Τα, imp. είλκον ; to draw, 
 drag. 
 
 Έλλ -as, άδος, f. 3. Greece. 
 
 Ελλην-ε£, ων. m. 3. pi. 
 Greeks or Grecians ; from 
 "Ελλην, ψος, m. 3. Hellen. 
 king of Thessaly. 
 
 ΈλλήΛτοΛο£ 3 ou. m. 2. the 
 Hellespont. 
 
 εΧλιπ-'ης, ες, g. ε'ο£. adj. defi- 
 cient. 
 
 ε\π-ίς, ίδος, f. 3. hope. 
 
 έααυ7-ου, Sfc, ou. pron. of my- 
 self. 
 
 έμ£άλ-λω, ω, εμβε'βληκα, 2. a. 
 ε'νε'?αλον, part, εμβαλών, to 
 break into ; from εν and 
 βάλλω. 
 
 εμ -oV, η, ov, pron. mine, or my. 
 
 εμ^ροο^εν, adv. before. 
 
 έν, prep, in, upon, with. 
 
 WvIj'ov, adv. before. 
 
 ivavll -ος, a, ov, opposed. 
 
 Ενδοξ-ος, ov, g. ou. adj. honor- 
 able. 
 
 ενδυμ-α, α7ο£, n. 3. raiment. 
 
 ενδυν-ω, ενδύσω, the same as 
 εν<5υω, to creep or steal 
 into. 
 
 ένεκα or είνεκα or ένεκεν, adV. 
 for. on account of. 
 
 εννέα, adj. (not decl.) nine*> 
 
 §WX-o£, ov, g. ou. adj. arm- 
 ed ; from εν and cVXov, 
 arms. 
 
 ενοχ-ο^ 3 ov, g. ou. adj. liable 
 to, in danger of; from εν 
 and Ι'χω. 
 
 εν7αυ$α, adv. here, there. 
 
 sVoX -ή, ης, f. 1. a com- 
 mand. 
 
 έν&Μπον, adv. before. 
 
 Jf, prep, from ; for εκ. 
 
 εξαγγ-έΚλω, ελω, εξηγγέλχα, 
 to proclaim abroad ; from 
 εκ and ά^γελλω, to re- 
 late. 
 
 εξαιτατ-άω, ω,ή^ω, εξη^ατηκα, 
 to mislead ; from εκ and 
 απατάω, to deceive. 
 
 sgoutfi -α, a<:, f. 1. power. 
 
 §|ω, adv. out, abroad. 
 ρτ-ή, 5js, f. 1. a feast. 
 
 gV for sVi, prep. upon. 
 
 επαγγεΧί-α, ας, f. 1. a pro- 
 mise, declaration, 
 «τταιν-ε'ω, ω, ήίω, επψεχα and 
 ηκα, to praise ; from αίνος, 
 praise. 
 
 =Vaiv-o£, ou. m. 2. praise. 
 
 Έιταμε/νώνδα^, ou. m. 1. Epa- 
 minondas. 
 
 eVei^av, adv. after that, since; 
 for επειδή αν. 
 
 επειδή, adv. since if. 
 
114 
 
 nr/j prep, upon, above. 
 
 ε?η£λε-<7τω, ψω, ένι£έ£λεφα, to 
 look upon ; from sVi and 
 
 ιοτίχραφ-ή, η£, f. 1. inscrip- 
 tion ; from £iti and y ράφ^. 
 
 ε«Ί&υμί-α, as, f. 1. a desire, 
 lust ; from W\ and &υμο£, 
 the mind. 
 
 ένικαλ-ε'ομαι, ουμαι, f. εοΌμαι, 
 έτπκε'κλημαι, to call upon, 
 invoke ; from sV* and κα- 
 λε'ω, to call. 
 
 ένίαν-αμαι, f. ήοΌμαι, to 
 know, understand ; from 
 sVi and ι^αμαι or /'σ^μί, to 
 know. 
 
 *?ΐΊονήμ-ων, ov, g. ovo£, adj 
 skilful. 
 
 fcndVoX-Tj, 5j& f. 1. a»n epistle, 
 • letter. 
 
 hiUjSsi-og, ov, g. ου. adj. ne- 
 cessary, ace. pi. τα επιτή- 
 δεια, necessaries of life. 
 
 έπομαι, εψομαι, to follow ; 
 from ε#ω to go with. 
 
 «τω, (obsolete in pres.) to 
 say^to relate, La. εί#α, 2. 
 a. ε /tfov, ε/ττε^, slits. 
 
 2ρα<Ττ-ή£, oil. m. 1. a. friend. 
 
 «py -ά^ομαι, άοΌμαι, ασ'μα/, to 
 work, to do ; from Ipyov. 
 
 ipyatfi-a, as, f. 1 . a work. 
 
 fyyar-yjs, ου. m. 1. a laborer. 
 
 Ipy-ov, ου, η. 2. a work. 
 
 Ιριφ -og, ου. m. 2. a kid. 
 
 Έρμ -fc, off m. 1. Mercury. 
 
 έρχομαι, ελεόοΌμαι, p. m. -ζλυ- 
 Sa, Att. έλ^λυδτα, to come, 
 go, 2. a. ^λυ^τον, by sync. 
 η λδτον . 
 
 ρωτ-άω, ω, ήσ"ω, ήρώ-τηκα, to 
 ask, to question. 
 
 ig for sfe. prep, in, into, for, 
 to. 
 
 itf^-iw and εο^ω, itfoj, rjtfSwa ; 
 to eat, devour. 
 
 εο^ε'ρ-α, α£, f. 1. evening. 
 
 Έονερίδ-ε£, ων. f. 3. pi. Hes- 
 perides. 
 
 ϊΰ-χατ-ος, η, ov, the last. 
 
 §•τα?ρ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a friend. 
 
 Έ7εοκλ-η£, ε'ο£, ou£• m. 3. 
 Eteocles. 
 
 ε7ερο£, α, ov, other, another. 
 
 hi, adv. yet, still more. 
 
 £7οιμά-£ω, (Τω, ?}7οίμακα, to 
 prepare. 
 
 ε7οιμ-ο£, ov, g. ου. adj. prepa- 
 red, ready. 
 
 έΥο£, ε'7εο£, n. 3. a year. 
 
 εύίαιμονε'βτατ-ο^, vj, ov, most 
 happy ; super, from ευδαί- 
 μων. 
 
 ευδαιμονί-α, α£, f. 1. happi- 
 ness. 
 
 ευ$αίμ-ων, ov, g. ovo£, adj. 
 happy, fortunate. 
 
 ευ^οκ-ε'ω, ω, ή^ω, ηκα, to de- 
 light in ; to be well pleased 
 with ; from ευ, well, and 5o- 
 κε'ω, to think. 
 
115 
 
 εύεργεΰί-α, ας, f. 1. kindness ; 
 
 t from ευ and ipj ov, 
 
 ε '^ή--'^ 5 ib, g. so^adj. honest, 
 simple : from ευ and ISos, 
 morals. 
 
 εϊ%ίς, adv. immediately, pre- 
 sently. 
 
 ευζίς, sC^bTca, sihiy straight, 
 upright, sincere. Hence 
 comp. 
 
 ευ$ύτερ+ς 9 α, cv, straighter, 
 more upright. 
 
 εύΧβγ-ος, ov, g. ou. adj. ra- 
 tional, of good report : from 
 cu and λόγος. 
 
 sl'vci -α, of, f. 1. good will 
 from ευ and vc'c£, the mind 
 
 ESfjsiv-eg, ov, g. ou. adj. Eux- 
 ine. 
 
 ευρίώχω, supqtfa), ευρηκα, 2. a, 
 ευρον, to find, to know. 
 
 Ευρώττ-η, ?;c. f. 1. Europa. 
 
 ευίΤε,βεί-α, ας. f. 1. piety, de- 
 votion ; from ευ and Cg§w, 
 to worship. 
 
 p&fee-fc, ες, g. εος, adj. pious, 
 devout ; from the same. 
 
 ιυτυχ-εω, jj0Oj, ηκα, to be for- 
 tunate ; from ευ and rw- 
 
 ευ-τυχί-α, ας, f. 1. good for- 
 tune ; from the same. 
 
 εύζορύταΊ-ος, η, ov, most fer- 
 tile ; sup. from εύφορος, 
 ferule. 
 
 *»φρο(Τ•όν-η, ης, f. 1. joy, plea- 
 
 sure : from ε υ and φρί;ν the 
 mind. 
 
 ευώνυμα ov, g. ou. adj. of 
 good name, lucky : left, or 
 left side, (because omens 
 on the left were fortunate) 
 from su and όνομα. 
 
 εφ' for iVi, prep, upon, 
 above. 
 
 Etpetf-es, ou, f. 2. the city of 
 Ephesus. 
 
 I'yi-T-r-ci:, cv, g. ou. adj. sitting 
 on horseback : (substan- 
 tively,) Βφ•*«Όί, ou, m. 2. a 
 horseman ; from «Woe, a 
 horse. 
 
 ivpopaw, ω, f. atfoj, εφεώρακα, 
 to look at, oversee, preside 
 over. 
 
 εφορ-ο<; ; ou, m. 2. an overseer, 
 magistrate ; from έφοράω, 
 to inspect. 
 
 syhi-iuv, cv, g. όνος, adj. more 
 odious ; one who hates, 
 an enemy ; comp. of εχ- 
 θρός. 
 
 εχ^ρ-α, ας, f. 1. enmity, ha- 
 tred. 
 
 εχ^ρ-ο'ς, a, o'v, adj. odious, 
 hostile ; substantively, an 
 enemy j from εχ^ος, ha- 
 tred. 
 
 εχω, εξω or dyftfu), έσ'χηκα ; 
 from obsol. ίχεω, to have, 
 obtain ; imperf. ε/χον. 2. a. 
 είχον. εχε*. 3. per. pres. ο£ 
 
116 
 
 ten means, is, it is so } as, 
 οΰτως ϊγει, it is so. 
 εως, adv. until, as long as. 
 
 Ζάω, ζω, ζηόω, imp. ϊζψ, to 
 
 live, have life ; from aco, to 
 
 breathe. 
 Ζενς, g. Ζενός and'Aio's, m. 3. 
 
 Jupiter. 
 Ζύφυρ-ος, ου, m. 2. a Zephyr, 
 
 the west wind. 
 ζημί -u, ας, f. 1. loss, damage 
 
 punishment. 
 ζημ,ι-όω, ω, ωόω, έ^ημίωκα, to 
 
 damage, suffer damage ; 
 
 punish ; from ζημία. 
 £η<Γ-εω, Q, η<ίω, εζητηχα, to 
 
 seek, ask, wish. 
 ζω-η, η£, f. 1. life. 
 ςυ^-ο'^, ου, m. 2. a yoke ; 
 
 from ξευγνύω, to join. 
 £ώ-ον, ου. η. 2. an animal, 
 
 a living creature ; from 
 
 ζωη. 
 
 Η 
 
 Ή, y, article, the ; from δ, 
 ή, τό. 
 
 $. conj. than, then. 
 
 ^εμ -eov, όνος, com. 3. a lead- 
 er, guide ; from ay ω, to 
 lead. 
 
 ηδέως. adv. willingly, gladly 
 
 from ϊ)5ύς, sweet ; comp. 
 ίδιον, super. ηδισΊα. 
 
 >?δη, adv. already, now, 
 soon. 
 
 ηδον-η, ης, f. 1. pleasure, de- 
 light ; from ηδω, to de- 
 light. 
 
 ηχω, ηξω, imp. ηκον, ες, ε, I 
 am come, I am here, to 
 come, to approach. 
 
 Ήλί-α£, ου, m. 1. Elias. 
 
 η\ι-ος, ου, m. 2. the sun; 
 from ελη, splendor. 
 
 ημέρα, ας, f. 1. a day. 
 
 Ήρακλέ-ηί, and contract. 
 Ή^ακλ-η^, ους, m. 3. Her- 
 cules ; from %ρως and κλε'οέ, 
 the glory of heroes. 
 
 Ήξωδ-ης, ου. m. 1. Herod. 
 
 ηΊΙ -α, ας, f. 1. a defeat. 
 
 ηχ-ω, 6ος, ους, f. 3. an echo : 
 from ήχος, a sound. 
 
 Θ 
 
 Θάλαο^-α or α?7-α, ης, f. 1. a 
 
 sea. 
 0άνα7-ο£, ου. m. 2. death. 
 0ανα7ώδ-η£, ες, g. εο£. adj. 
 
 deadly, fatal. 
 0cW-7eo, ψω, τε^αφα, to bury. 
 ύα^οίΚέως, adv. bravely, 
 
 with courage. 
 ΰαυμά-ξω, Ceo, τε^άυμακα, to 
 
 wonder, admire. 
 0αυμασν-0£, ή, όν. wonderful. 
 
117 
 
 ^εά-ομαι,α'ομαι,τε^ε'αμαι ,to see, 
 behold; όεωμενος, part, pres 
 contracted, for ΰεα,όμενος. 
 Hence 
 
 ΰέούρ-ον, ου. η. 2. a theatre. 
 
 6εΐ~ος, ot, ov. divine. 
 
 $έλημ-α, α7ο£, η. 3. the will, 
 desire, pleasure, lust. 
 
 #ε'λω, ^ελήσΌο, τε^ε'ληκα, to 
 will, wish, desire. 
 
 Θε-ός, ου. m. 2. God. 
 
 ύεραπ-εύω, ευϋω, «τε^εράττευκα, 
 to heal ; from $ε'ρω, to take 
 care of. 
 
 0εριο>-0£, ou. m. 2. a harvest. 
 
 ύεξμ,-ός, η, ov, warm, hot. 
 
 Θετταλ-ό^, o£7. m. 2. a Thes- 
 salian. 
 
 Θη£αΓ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a Theban. 
 
 $ήκ-η, ηί, f. 1. a sepulchre. 
 
 ΰηξ-α, ας, f. 1. the chase 
 hunting ; from Sr?p* 
 
 όηρ-εύω, είιόω, τε^ηξευχα, to 
 hunt wild animals ; from 
 &ήρ, a wild beast. 
 
 fa\pi-ov, ου. n. 2. a wild beast, 
 
 όηόαυρ-ός, ου. m. 2. a trea- 
 sure. 
 
 Θ^-εύς, go£. m. 3. Theseus. 
 
 uvrfl -ός, η, ov, mortal. 
 
 όολί-α, ct£. f. 1. a hat, screen. 
 
 4p& T'X ^ f • 3 • nair • 
 0pov-os, on. m. 2. a throne, 
 όυ^άτ-ηρ, έρο£, contracted, p.o£, 
 
 f. 3. a daughter, 
 dup-oc, a£, f. 1. a door, gate. 
 
 I 
 
 'Ιακώβ, m. (not declined,) 
 Jacob. 
 
 ίατξ-ός, ου, m. 2. a physician ; 
 from /άομαι, to heal. 
 
 W&, adv. lo ! behold ! 
 
 i'&-o£, α, ov. peculiar, private, 
 one's own. 
 
 ιδού, adv. lo ! behold ! 
 
 \εζ~εύς, έως, m. 3. a priest ; 
 from ιεξίς. 
 
 ερ-ο'ν, ου. n. 2. a temple. 
 ερ -oV, a, 6v, hoi j, sacred. 
 
 Ίηό-οΰς, ou. m. 2. Jesus, 
 signifying the Savior. 
 
 Ιμάτι-ον, ου. π. 2. a garment. 
 
 ίνα, conj. that, so that, in 
 order that. 
 
 'ίουδαΓ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a Jew. 
 
 "Itftfagx-os, ou. m. 2. Hippar- 
 chus. 
 
 iW-su$, ε ως, m. 3. a horse- 
 man. 
 
 itftfoxoix-os, ou. m. 2. a groom, 
 a hostler. 
 
 iW-o£, ou. com. 2. a horse. 
 
 'tf-Oo, η, ov, equal. Hence is 
 
 iVo -ω, ω, ώαΌ), to make equaL 
 
 Ί^αηλίτ-η^, ou. m.l. an Is- 
 raelite. 
 
 'ϊότημι, ότηύω, Itilav.a, 2. a. 
 εανην, to place, erect, ap- 
 point. 
 
 Ιΰγυξ-ός, a, ov, strong, pow- 
 erful. From 
 
118 
 
 ιύχ-ύς, ίος, f. 3. strength, 
 power. 
 
 ϊ&χυξότ8Ρ-ος, a, ov, stronger ; 
 
 comp. from Ιόχνξός. 
 Ιόχ-ύω, ιί^ω, '/α'χυκα, to be 
 
 able ; from ΐόχνς, 
 itfcoc, adv. equally, perhaps. 
 ϊχ$-ύς Ί ύος ) m. 3. a fish. 
 Ίωάνν-η£, ου. m. 1. John. 
 Ίων-α£, ου. m. 1. Jonas. 
 
 Κ 
 
 Κόώμ-ο£, ου. m. 2. Cadmus, 
 
 κα0' for κα7ά, prep, by, for. 
 
 κα$ά#ερ, adv. as, just as. 
 
 κα^αρ -o'c, α, ov, pure, clear. 
 
 xet&itfrqjjbf, TcalaiflYitfu), xa§st- 
 τ^κα, to station, place one's 
 self; from κατά and itfrq- 
 
 κα^ό, adv. as, so as, as far 
 as ; from κατά and o, 
 which. 
 
 κα&ορ-άω, atfco, κα^ώρακα, to 
 see, behold ; from κα7ά and 
 δράω. 
 
 κα0ώ<:, i. e. κατά-ώ£, adv. as. 
 just as. 
 
 χαί, conj. and, also, even. 
 
 και, καί, both, and. 
 
 Καιν-εύ$, soff, m. 3. Ceneus. 
 
 καιρ -o's, ου, m. 2. time, a sea- 
 son. 
 
 Kaitfapsi -α, as. f. 1. Cesa 
 rea. 
 
 κακί-α, ας, i. 1. wickedness, 
 
 evil ; from κακο£. 
 
 κακολο/ί-α, ας. f. 1. slander; 
 from κακοί and Χόγος. 
 
 κακ-όν, ου. η. 2. evil, misfor- 
 tune. 
 
 κακ-ο£, ή, όν, evil, bad, wick- 
 ed. Hence 
 
 χαχότ'-ης, ητος, f. 3. wicked- 
 ness, malice. 
 
 καλ-ε'ω, ω, qtfw, κέκληκα, to 
 call, invoke. 
 
 κάλλκΤτ -os, η, ov, best, fair- 
 est ; super, of καλο£. 
 
 καλλί-ων, ov, g. ovos, adj. bet- 
 ter, comp. of καλο£. 
 
 καλοκανα&ί-α, ας, f. 1. hon- 
 esty, probity. 
 
 καλ-0£, Ύ\, όν, good, beauti- 
 ful. 
 
 καλώς, adv. well, handsome- 
 
 καροί-α, ας, f. 1. the heart. 
 
 Καρ/-α, ας, f. 1. Caria. 
 
 καρ^-ος, ου, m. 2. fruit. 
 
 κα7ά, prep, by, against. 
 
 κατα-§αίνω, βη ίομαι, βίβτμα, 
 to go or come down. 
 
 κα7α-/3<βρώσ , κω,/3ρώ#ω,/3δ'£ρω- 
 κα, to eat, devour. 
 
 κα7α-3υνω, δνόω, δύδυχα, to 
 enter into, or secretly en- 
 ter. 
 
 κα7α-λεί-<π'ω, λείψω, λελειφα, 
 2. a. κα7έλιττον, to leave j 
 from κα7ά and Xs'iirw. 
 
119 
 
 κατα-λύ-ω, itfu), λε'λυκα, to 
 destroy. 
 
 κα7α-μαν^άνω, μ,α^ήα'ω, με- 
 μά^ηκα, to observe ; from 
 κα7ά and μαν^άνω, to learn. 
 
 κα7α#κ-εώ, ω, ή#ω, κα7ήθ'κηκα, 
 to perform with care. 
 
 κα7ασ7ρε'-φω, ψω, κα7ε'<τ-τρεφα, 
 to overthrow, to turn 
 about ; from κα7ά and 
 c7piow, to turn. 
 
 κα7α-τί$ττ]μι, ^ήίω, τε'^ε»κα 
 to lay down. 
 
 χσ3σ.ψύρω,χο.Ίοί<ϊω,1.&.χατψΒγ- 
 κα, to carry down ; from 
 κατά and φέρω, to bear. 
 
 χαΊαφ6ύ-γω, f. m. |ομαι, to 
 take refuge ; from κα7ά^ηύ 
 φεύ^ω, to flee. 
 
 κα7α-φρονέω, φρονήσω, «τεφρό• 
 νηκα, to despise ; from κα7ά 
 and φρήν, mind. 
 
 χοΐΐαφυγ-η, τ\ς, f. 1. a refuge, 
 
 κα7α-χωννυω, χώ^ω, to inter. 
 
 κατέχω, κα7αα'χήσ'ω, κατε^χη• 
 κα, 2. a. κα7ε'σ'χον, tj keep 
 back, to possess, retain, 
 stop ; from κατά and εχω. 
 
 κατή^ορ-οέ, ου. com. 2. an 
 accuser. 
 
 κάτωθεν, adv. from beneath. 
 
 κελευ-ω, tfw, κεκε'λευκα, to or- 
 der, command. 
 
 Κε'νταυρ -os, ou, m. 2. a Cen- 
 taur. 
 
 κερδ-ος, sog, n. 3. gain, profit 
 
 κεφαλ-ή, 5#, f. 1 . the head. 
 
 κήρ, κηρ -fc, f. 3. fate, destiny. 
 
 κήρ -ug, υκο£, m. 3. a public 
 crier. 
 
 κ7,τ-ο£, εο£, ου£, n. 3. a whale. 
 
 κίνδυν -off, ου. m. 2. danger. 
 
 κιν-εω, ω, ήίω, κεκίνηκα, to 
 move, shake. 
 
 χΧάδ-ος, ου. m. 2. a branch. 
 
 κλε'-ο£, εος, n. 3. glory. 
 
 κλεντ-η^, ου. m. 1. a thief. 
 
 κληρονομί-α, α£, f. 1. an in- 
 heritance. 
 
 Χηρονόμ-ος, ου, m. 2. an 
 heir. 
 
 κλητ -oV, ^ όν, called. 
 
 κλ/ΐ/ω, κλίνω, κε'κλίκα, to bend 
 or bow down. 
 
 ΚνώΛ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a Gnos- 
 sian. 
 
 κοιλί-α, α£, f. 1. the belly. 
 
 xotv-og, ή, ov, common. 
 
 κοινων-ό^, ου. m. 2. a part- 
 ner. 
 
 κο'κκ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a grain, 
 berry. 
 
 κολά-ξω, β'ω, κεκο'λακα, to 
 punish, restrain. 
 
 κολακ-εύω, ευ^ω, κεκολάκευκα, 
 to flatter. From 
 
 κόλ-αξ, axog 1 m. 3. a flatter- 
 er. 
 
 κόλ*~ο£, ου. m. 2. the bosom. 
 
 κομ/-£ω, tfw, κεκόμικα, 1. a. m. 
 ε'κομκι'άμην, to bring, re- 
 ceive. 
 
120 
 
 xotf -τω, ψω, κε'κοφα, to cut, to 
 fell. 
 
 κόρ -af, ακο£. m. 3. a crow, 
 raven. 
 
 κόρ-η, η^. f. 1. a girl, dam• 
 sel. 
 
 ΚοξνηΚι-ος, ου. m. 2. Corne- 
 lius. 
 
 κορυφ-ή, ης, f. 1. the top, sum- 
 mit. 
 
 κόΌ"μι-ο£, a, ov, modest, sober 
 
 xotf/x-os, ou. m. 2. a world : 
 an ornament, 
 
 κρά£βα<τ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a bed. 
 
 κρατ-ε'ω, ω, ή(Γω, κεκρά7ηκα, 
 to conquer, to govern. 
 
 xpa7icr7-os, η, ov, the best ;• su- 
 per, of άγαμος. 
 
 xpar-rjp, ηρος, a bowl ; from 
 κεράννυμι, to mix. 
 
 χξαυγ-η, irfj f. 1. a cry, a 
 shout. 
 
 χρεία^-ων, ov, g. ovo£, adj. bet- 
 ter, stronger ; comp. of 
 άγο&ός. 
 
 Κρή7-η, η£, f. 1. Crete. 
 
 κρίνω, κρίνω, κε'κρικα, to judge. 
 
 xpitf-;£, scoff, f. 3. judgment. 
 
 κρί7-7}£, ou. m. 1. a judge. 
 
 Kpoftf-o£, ou, Croesus. 
 
 KfoV-cov, ovoff, m. 3. Cro- 
 ton. 
 
 κρύπτω, κρύψω, κέκρυφα, 2. a. 
 pass, εκούβην, to hide, con- 
 ceal. 
 
 χτάομαι, ωμαι, κτήσΌμαι, κε'κ-! 
 
 «τημαι, to acquire, possess ; 
 pres. imper. m. κτάου, κτα). 
 
 κ7είνω, κτενω, §'κ7ακα 3 2. a. 
 έ'κ7ανον, to kill ; slay. 
 
 κ7ενί-ζω, ο~ω, to comb, cur- 
 ry. 
 
 κτ^μ-α, ατο<τ, n. 3. a thing, 
 possession. 
 
 κτ^(Τ-/^ εω£, f. 3. a posses- 
 sion, property. 
 
 κυμ-α, a7os, n. 3. a wave. 
 
 κυρι -off, ou. m. 2. a lord, a 
 master. 
 
 Kup-off, ou. m. 2. Cyrus. 
 ;cov, xuvoV, com. 3. a dog, 
 
 κωλ-ύω, uVco, κεκώλυκα, to for- 
 bid, hinder. 
 
 Αάξαρ-ος, ou. m. 2. Lazarus. 
 Xc/^pol, adv. secretly. 
 Α.ακε5αιμόνι-0£, ou. m. 2. a 
 
 Lacedaemonian. From 
 Λάκ-ων, όνος, m. 3. an inha- 
 bitant of Lacedsemon. 
 λαλ-ε'ω, TJtfeo, λελάληκα, to 
 
 speak, talk. 
 λαμβάνω, f. m. λήψομαι, εϊ- 
 
 ληςρα, 2. a. act. ελαδον, to 
 
 take, receive, 
 λάμ-^τω, ψω, λελαμφα, to 
 
 shine, 
 λά -off, ou. m. 2. a people. 
 Ααπ'&αι, ων, m. 1. pi. the 
 
 Lapithee. 
 
121 
 
 Wy -ω, ξω, λε'λεχα, to say, 
 
 speak, tell, 
 λεί-ττω, ψω, λε'λειφα, to leave 
 
 forsake, 
 λε-ων, ov7o£, m. 3. a lion. 
 Αεών/5-α^, ου. m. 1. Leoni- 
 - das. 
 Αήμνι-ο£, α, ov, belonging to 
 
 Lemnos. From 
 Λημν-ο^ ου. f. 2. Lemnos. 
 ληο^ής, ου. m. 1. a robber. 
 λί^-ο£, ου. m. 2. a stone. 
 λ*μ-ήν, ενο£, m. 3. a harbor, 
 λίμ-νη, νη^, f. 1. a lake. 
 λιμ -oV, ου. m. 2. a famine. 
 Λΐν-ος, ου. m. 2. Linus. 
 λογ-ος, ου. m. 2. a word, 
 
 speech, reason, 
 λοιίορ-εω, ω, djtfw, λελο*δόρηκα, 
 
 to abuse^ revile. 
 λοιμ -o's, ου. m. 2, pestilence. 
 Xoitf-fe, ή, ov, remaining, 
 λού-ω, Cw, λελουκα, to wash, 
 
 bathe. 
 Λυχκ-εύ^, εω£, m. 3. Lynce- 
 
 us. 
 Αυδ-ός, ου. m. 2. a Lvdian. 
 Λύχι-οι, ων, m. 2. pi. Lyci- 
 
 ans. 
 . λύκ-ο$, ου. m. 2. a wolf. 
 λυιτ-εω, ή^ω, λελυτηκα, to 
 
 grieve, be sorrowful. 
 λύ*-η, η£, f. 1. sorrow, 
 λιίρ-α, ά£, f. 1. a lyre. ' 
 Αυ^άνίρ-ο^, ου. m. 2. Lysan- 
 
 der. 
 
 λύχν-ο£, ου. m. 2. a lamp, 
 
 light. 
 λύω, λυβ"ω, λέλυκα, to loose, 
 
 set free, to destroy. 
 
 Μ 
 
 Μανδάν-η, tj£, f. 1. Mandane. 
 
 μάό^-ι?, εω£, f 3. instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 μα^η7-ήί. ου. m. 1. a disci- 
 ple, scholar. 
 
 μακαρί-ζω, tfoj, μεμακάρίκα, 
 to declare or esteem hap- 
 
 PJ; 
 
 μακάριος, cc, ov, happy, bless- 
 ed. 
 ^ακρ -oV, ά, oy. long. 
 
 μάλα, adv. greatly, much. 
 Hence super. 
 
 *Λλι<τ7α, adv. very greatly ; 
 and comp. 
 
 μάλλον, adv. more, rather. 
 
 μαν^άνω, f. m. μο&ήόΌμα/, 
 μεμά^ηκα, 2. a. εμα&ον ; to 
 learn, understand. 
 
 μανί-α, α<:, f. 1. madness. 
 
 Μαρί-α, ας, f. 1. Mary. 
 
 μάρ7-υρ, υρος, com. 3. a wit- 
 ness. Hence is 
 
 μαρ7υρ-ε'ω, ω, 9jtf<y, μεμαρτύ- 
 £ηκα, to testify. 
 
 μαρ7υρί-α, as, f. 1. testimony. 
 
 μάχ-η, % f. 1. a fight, a 
 battle. 
 
 μάχιμ-ο£, η, ov, warlike. 
 
122 
 
 μάχομαι, I. f. m. μαχήαΌμ»'» 
 
 μεμάχημαι, to fight, 
 μέ/α, (adverbially,) greatly. 
 Μεγα,ρ-ζύς, ε'ο£, m. 3. pi Με- 
 
 με7α§ολ-ή, 5js, f. 1. a change. 
 
 μετακαλ-ε'ω, ω, ήα"ω, to call, 
 summon, με7α-καλε'ομαι, κα- 
 λούμαι, 1. f. m. καλε'αΌμαι, 
 
 Megara. 
 
 μέχ-α£, όλη, α, great, 
 
 UigysS-os, εο£, n. 3. greatness 
 of size. 
 
 μ*=γι<ϊτ-ος, η, ov, greatest, su- 
 per, of μέγας. 
 
 μέ&η, η£, f. 1. drunkenness. 
 
 μεί£-ων, ov, g. ovo£, adj. great- 
 er ; comp. of μέγας, 
 
 μειράκι-ον, ου. n. 2. a little 
 youth. 
 
 μελ-α£, αινα, αν, black, dark. 
 
 μελ-ι, woff, n. 3. honey. 
 Hence 
 
 μελικά or ι7-7α, <fy£ or <n&, 
 f. 1. a bee. 
 
 μέλλω, μελλήα'ω, to be about 
 to do, to intend. 
 
 με'λ-ο£, εο£, n. 3. a member. 
 
 μεν, adv. truly, indeed. 
 
 μ=ν7οι, adv. yet, however. 
 
 μένω, μένω, μεμε'νηχα, to re- 
 main, to expect. 
 
 μερ -fc, ίδος, f. 3. a part, 
 share. 
 
 μερ -os, εο$, n. 3. a portion. 
 
 μέ(Τ-ο£, η, ov, middle. 
 
 μετ' or μετά, prep, with, af- 
 ter. 
 
 αετα-βάλλω, /3αλω, βε'βληκα, 
 to change, alter, 
 
 γαρεΐς, an inhabitant of 1. a. m. καλείάμην, to 
 
 send for. 
 μετάλλευα'-^, εω£, f. 3. the 
 
 art of mining. 
 μεταλλ-εύω, ευ<ίω, to dig for 
 
 minerals, 
 μετανοί-α, ας, f. 1. repent- 
 ance. 
 με7α-<π , έμ , πΌμαι, ττέμψομαι, 1. 
 
 a. m. ένεμ-π'σ'άμην, to send 
 
 for, to summon. 
 μετα-7ί^ημ{, &ήα'ω,με7αΓέ&εικα, 
 
 to change, arrange differ- 
 ently. 
 με7έχω, με^εξω, με7ε(Τχηκα, to 
 
 share, partake. 
 μέχρι, adv. until, 
 μή, a negative particle, or 
 
 conj. not, or, whether. 
 μη£ε', conj. nor, neither. 
 Μηίεί-α, ας j f. 1. Medea. 
 μη5-εΐ£, εμία, έν, none, no 
 
 one. 
 μηδενοτ' and μηίε-ττοτε, adv. 
 
 never, lest, perhaps. 
 Μηδ-ος, ου, m. 2. a Mede. 
 μηκε'π, adv. not now, no 
 
 more. 
 μηκ-ο£, εος, n. 3. length, 
 μήν, μηνόίτ, m. 3. a month• 
 μήΐΓΌ7ε, adv. never, 
 μήτ-ηρ, εροί, f. 3. a mother* 
 
123 
 
 μίχρ -oV, ά, ον, small. Hence 
 
 comp. 
 μιχρό•τερ-ο£, α, ον, smaller. 
 Μίλ-ων, όνος, τη. 3. Milo. 
 μ/σ'-ε'ω, ω, ήαΌο, μεμίο*ηχα, to 
 
 hate ; from μίαΌς, hatred, 
 μισ^-ό^, ου, m. 2. a reward. 
 μαα$ωτ-0£, ή, όν 3 hired, (sub- 
 stantively) μισ^ωτό^, ου. m, 
 
 2. a hireling. 
 Μ<τυληναΓ-ο£, ου, m. 2. a Mi- 
 
 tylenasan. 
 μνημ-α, aro£, n. 3. a tomb 
 μνήμ-η, η£, f. 1. memory. 
 μνημον-εύω, εί(ίω, to retain in 
 
 memory. 
 ΜοΧοΤι-όζ, ου, m. 2. a Mo- 
 
 lossian. 
 μόλ-ω or μολ-εω, ή<Γω, par 
 
 2. a. act. μολών, to come, 
 
 go, arrive. 
 μον-ή, y;c, f. 1. a mansion, 
 μονο/εν-^ς, ε$, g. εος, adj. 
 
 only begotton. 
 μόνον, adv. only, alone. 
 μόν -ocr, r t) ov, only, alone. 
 McOV-cc, ac, f. 1. a Muse. 
 μΰί)-ο£, ου, m. a word, ι 
 
 speech, a fable, fiction. 
 
 μ -jpioj, a:, a, pi. ten thou 
 
 : sand. 
 
 μ -jp-oc, ου, m. 2. myrrh, oint- 
 ment. 
 
 μωρί-α, α$, f. 1. folly, foolish 
 aess. 
 
 Mwtf-%, ου. in. 2. Moses. 
 
 Ν 
 
 Νάξ-ος, ου. f. 2. the island 
 
 Naxos. 
 να -o's, ου. m. 2. a temple. 
 ναυα^ -gcw, ήο"ω, νεναυά^ηκα, to 
 
 make shipwreck ; from 
 
 ναυ$ and άγω. 
 ναυγί-α, ας ) f. 1. shipwreck. 
 ναυμαχί-α, ac:, f. 1. a sea- 
 fight. 
 ναυ£, g. veto's, vsfe or νεω£, 
 
 fern. 3. a ship, vessel. 
 Νεάνδρ-ο£, ου, m. 2. Neander. 
 νεανι' -ac, ου, m. 1. a young 
 
 man. 
 ΝεΓλ-ο£, ου, m. the river 
 
 Nile. 
 νεκρ-ο£, ά, o'v, dead. 
 weo£, νεα, νέον, new, fresh, 
 
 (subst.) vs'-oe, ου. m. 2. a 
 
 youth. 
 υευρ-ον, ου, n. 2. a nerve, 
 νεφελ-ΐ), r,r, f. 1. a cloud. 
 νε^-τερ -oc, «, ov, younger ; 
 
 comp. of νέος. 
 
 >itf-o£, ου, f. 2, an island. 
 yrtc -άω, ω, ήίω, νενίκηκα, to 
 
 conquer. 
 
 iV-toj, ψω, νε'νκρα, to wash, 
 νο-ε'ω, ω, ήίΓω, νενόηχοί, to have 
 
 in the mind, to think. 
 
 ομί-^ω, <Γω, νενόμικα, to think, 
 
 esteem. 
 voac^tV -η^ ου. m. 1. a legis- 
 lator. From 
 
124 
 
 νόμ-ο£, ου. m. 2. a law. 
 νόο£, vou£, g. vqou νου. m. 2. 
 
 the mind. 
 voV-o£, on. f. 2. a disease, 
 νύμφ-η, η£, f. 1. a bride, 
 vuv, adv. now, at this time. 
 νυ§, νυκτός, f. 3. a night. 
 
 0εν-ο£, η, ov, foreign, strange. 
 |εν-ο£, ou. m. 2. a stranger, 
 
 guest. 
 Βέρξ-ης, ου. m. 1. Xerxes. 
 ξηρ-0£, ct, όν, dry, withered. 
 
 Ο 
 
 Ό, η, τό, article ; the. 
 
 α/3ολ-ο£, ου, m. an obolus, a 
 small Athenian coin. 
 
 οδε, ηίε, τόδε, (the article 
 with δε) this ; from ό, δε. 
 
 οδ-ός 9 ου, f. 2. a path ; a 
 way. 
 
 o$-qu£, όνΊος, m. 3. a tooth. 
 
 οίί-α, as, ε, I know ; perf. 1 
 m. of εϊδύω. 
 
 οίχεΐ-ος, a, ov, domestic, pri- 
 vate, (subst.) οϊχεϊ-ος, ου, 
 m. 2. a relation, a domes- 
 tic ; from ο/κο£. 
 
 οί'κεν-η£, ou. m. 1. a servant, 
 one of the family. 
 ' οικ-ε'ω, w, η<Τω, ωκηκα, to in- 
 
 i habit. 
 
 οικήτ-ωρ, opos, m. 3. an inha• 
 bitant, a new settler. 
 
 οίχί-α, ας, f. 1. a house. 
 
 οικί-ζω, (Τω, to build, to found 
 a house. 
 
 ο<κ/-ον, ou, n. 2. a dwelling, 
 a small house. 
 
 ο/κοδομ-ε'ω, ήίω, ώκοδομηκα, to 
 build a house, to edify. 
 
 οικοδομ-η, ης, f. 1. a structure, 
 building. 
 
 o/ji-og•, ou, m. 2. a house, a 
 home. 
 
 o/v-o£, ou, m. 2. wine. 
 
 οί'ομαι and ο/μαι, to think, be- 
 lieve ; f. m. οίήοΌμαι, per. 
 pass, ωημαι ; from ο'/ω, to 
 think. ' 
 
 ο/χομαι, f. m. ο/κήτΌμαι, per. 
 pass, ωχημαι, 1. a. ωχήόην, 
 to go away, elope. 
 
 οκτώ, adj. (not dec.) eight. 
 λίγ-ος, r h ov, small few. 
 
 ολ-ο£, η, ov, whole, entire. 
 
 Όλύμ-ττι-α, ων, n. 2. pi. Olym- 
 pic games. 
 
 "Ο\υμπ-οζ, ου. m. Olympus, 
 mount Olympus. 
 
 "Ομηρ-οί, ou, m. 2. Ho- 
 mer. 
 
 δμιλί-α, «£, f. 1. intercourse, 
 communication. 
 
 ομοι -os, a, ov, like, similar ; 
 from ομόέ, the same. 
 
 ονειδι-ξω, (Τω, ώνεί&κα, to re- 
 proach, to insult. 
 
125 
 
 $νει$-ος, εος, η. 3. disgrace, 
 
 an insult. 
 
 ονομ-ά, ατός, η. 3. a name, 
 
 celebrity. 
 ονομαΰΊ-ός, η, ο'ν, celebrated, 
 
 renowned. 
 ονίως, adv. truly, really. 
 oiri&sv, adv. behind, at the 
 
 back. 
 oVX-ov, ou. n. 2. a weapon, 
 
 arms. 
 oVou, adv. where. 
 όπως, adv. so that, how, 
 Όράν7-α£, ou, m. 1. Oran- 
 
 tas. 
 ορ-άω, ω, atfw, έώρακα, to see, 
 
 behold. 
 e'p^ -ή, 5fc, f. 1. anger, choler. 
 
 Hence 
 οργί-ζω, tfw, ώρ/ικα, to pro• 
 
 voke to anger ; ορ/ίξομαι, 
 
 to be angry. 
 op$w£, adv. rightly, well. 
 ορν-ις, &ος, com. 3. ace. opvjv 
 
 and όρνιθα ; a bird. 
 Όρόντ-αρ, ou, m. 1. Orontes. 
 op-o£, εο£, n. 3. a mountain. 
 'Ορφ-εϋ£, έω£, m. 3. Orpheus. 
 %» *ί> ο? pron. who. which, 
 
 what. 
 ο(Τμ-ή, ?js, f. 1. a smell. 
 etf-o£, η, ov, as much as, as 
 
 great as. 
 otfr -εον, ouv, g. oVr -εΌυ, ου. n. 
 
 2. (contracted,) a bone. 
 ©<r«£, $}τΐ£, oci, g. ounvof, ^V- 
 9 
 
 rwog, ουΊινος, pron. whoever, 
 
 whatever ; from ος and τ<$. 
 όταν, adv. when, since. 
 ό'7ε, adv. when, at what 
 
 time. 
 oVj, conj. that, because. 
 ου, (adverbially.) gen. of ος. 
 
 where, what, whither. 
 ou for ουκ, adv. no, not. 
 
 j6' for ουδέ, conj. nor, not, 
 
 not even, 
 ουδαμώς, adv. not at all. 
 ουδέ, conj. nor, not even. 
 ούό-είς, εμία, εν, no one, no* 
 
 body ; from ουδέ and εΐς, 
 
 one. 
 ούδένοΊε, adv. never, not 
 
 ever. 
 ούο" for ου7ε, adv. neither, 
 
 nor. 
 ουκ, adv. no, not. 
 ouxtVi, adv. no more, no long- 
 er. 
 cuv, conj. therefore, then. 
 ouVco, adv. not yet, not at 
 
 all. 
 ουραν -o'c, ou, m. 2. heaven: 
 
 from ορός, a boundary. 
 ouV and ούτε, conj. neither, 
 
 nor. 
 
 jT' -αρ', for ούτι αρα, conj. 
 
 neither, nor. 
 ou7j£, gen. ούτινος, pron. no 
 
 one ; from ou and rtg. 
 ουίος, αυ7η, του7ο, pron. this. 
 
 that. 
 
126 
 
 ούτω and ούτως, adv. thus 3 in 
 
 like manner. 
 *φ$αλμ-0£, ου. m. 2. an eye ; 
 
 from ο<?τ7ομαι, to see. 
 »χ-εω> V^j to carry, όχεομαι, 
 
 to be carried, to ride ; from 
 
 οχος, a chariot. 
 οχλ-ο£, o^» m. 2. a crowd, a 
 
 multitude. 
 οψ-ον, ου. η. sauce, season 
 
 ing, any thing cooked and 
 
 eaten with bread. 
 •ψ-ΐ£, εω$, f. 3. a view, ap 
 
 pearance. 
 οψώνι-ον, ου, η. 2. wages. 
 
 Π 
 
 Τΐά^-ος, εος, ους, η. 3. suffer- 
 ing, passion. 
 
 *αιόεί-α, ας, f. 1. education, 
 learning. From 
 
 Αταιδευ-ω, #ω, «ττετταί^ευκα, to 
 educate a child, to instruct. 
 From 
 
 Αταιδί-ον, ου. η. 2. a little 
 child. 
 
 *α7ς, παώός, com. 3. a boy 
 or girl, a child. 
 
 tfokaw, (adverbially,) for- 
 merly. 
 
 *α\αι-ός, α, <Sv, old, ancient. 
 
 Παλλ -ag, άδος, f. 3. Miner- 
 va. 
 
 παντοίε, adv. always. 
 
 tfatfrf-og, ου. m. 2. a grand- 
 father. 
 
 «rap' or tfapa, prep, of, from, 
 by, with. 
 
 #αρα-/3άλλω, f. βάλω, "aor. 
 2. άβσΧον, to throw to, or 
 before, to hold out, to com- 
 pare ; from τταρα and βάλ- 
 λω. 
 
 tfapagatf-is, εω£, f. 3. trans- 
 gression, fault. 
 
 «τταρα^ελ-λω, ω,«7Ταρή^ελκα, 
 to command, proclaim ; 
 from «π-αρά and άγγέΧ- 
 λω. 
 
 «τ^αρα-^ωμί, δώ<7ω, δάδωχα, to 
 deliver, to give up ; from 
 #αρά and ύίδωμι. 
 
 ■τταρα-λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, «ττα- 
 ρείληφα, to receive, to suc- 
 ceed to ; from «ταρά and 
 λαμβάνω. 
 
 #αρα-μενω, μένω, μεμενηκα, to 
 remain ; from #αρά and 
 μένω. 
 
 τταραμυδί-α, ας, f. 1. conso- 
 lation. 
 
 ττάρειμι, to be present ; from 
 τάρα and ε/μί. 
 
 πΌφ-ερχομαι, ελευοΌμαι, p. mu 
 «τταρελήλυ^α, to pass by or 
 away, to come to ; from 
 «τταρά and έρχομαι. 
 
 nagvatftf-fe, ου. m. 2. Par- 
 nassus. 
 
 <7τάροίκ-ο£, ου. com. a neigh• 
 
127 
 
 bor, a^ boarder ; from τταρά 
 and οίκος, 
 *ας, tfatfa,<7rav, all, the whole, 
 
 eacn. 
 
 tful-r.p, ερος, po^, m. 3. a fa- 
 ther. Hence 
 
 πατρ-ίς, ίδος, f. 3. a country, 
 
 Ilautfavi-ag, ou, m. 1. Pausa- 
 nias. 
 
 «τεδί-ον, ou. n. 2. a plain. 
 
 «τεί^ω, πείέω, p. m. crsVoiSa, 
 to persuade ; pres. m. #si- 
 $ομαι, to yield, obey, trust ; 
 I. f. pass. πεκϊ&ηΰομαι, ρ 
 πίιΐειΰμ,αι, 1. a. έσεί^ην. 
 
 *τείν-α, η£, f. 1. hanger, fa 
 mine. 
 
 «τειρά-ξω, (Τω, <7τεσείρακ#, to 
 attempt, to tempt ; from 
 «τεΓρα, a trial. 
 
 #ειρ-άω, ώ, <χ#ω or ή(Γω, <7τε- 
 σείρακα, to strive, try, 
 tempt ; from the same. 
 
 ΪΙεκη'σνρα/τ-οί, ou. m. 2. Pisis 
 tratus. 
 
 πεΧαγ-ος, εος, η. 3 the sea. 
 
 Πελοσοννήα'-οι, ων, m. 2. pi. 
 inhabitants of the Pelo- 
 ponnesus. 
 
 ίτε'μ-^ω,ψω, πεπεμφσ Ί to send, 
 dismiss. 
 
 *"sWi£, ητο^, com. 3. (subst.) 
 a poor person, one who la- 
 bors ; from «π-ε'νο/χαι, to la- 
 bor. 
 
 tfsvi -α, ac, f. 1. poverty, want 
 
 σεντακόαΊ-οι, αι, α, five hund- 
 red. 
 
 ^ε'ν-τε, adj. (not declined) 
 five. 
 
 περ-άω, ω, αόω and ήσ'ω, to 
 pass over, transport. 
 
 ^ερί, prep, about, concern- 
 ing, with. 
 
 Περίανδ -pos, ρου, m. 2. Peri- 
 ander. 
 
 τερί-βάλλω, /3αλω, /3ε'£ληκα, 
 to throw around, cover ; 
 from περί and βάλλω. 
 
 «π-ερίειμι, to survive ; from 
 «ττερί and ε/μί. 
 
 ττερι-ελαυνω, ελάα'ω, to ride 
 round, to drive about ; from 
 περί and ελαύνω, to drive. 
 
 σερι-ίανημ/, ονήοΌ), έ<Χτηκα, to 
 stand around ;. part. perf. 
 act. ίτεριε(Τ•τηκώί:, contracted 
 to περιεΰτως ; from σερί and 
 ί'στημ/. 
 
 Περικλ%, έο£, m. 3. Peri- 
 cles. 
 
 σερι-φε'^ω, oiVw, to carry 
 about j from σερί and 
 φέρω. 
 
 Πέρο'-ηέ, ou. m. 1. a Persian. 
 
 <7τε7ειν-ο'£, ή, o'v, winged, fly- 
 ing. 
 
 Πέ<Γρ-ο£, ou, m. 2. Peter. 
 
 πηγ-η, ης, f. 1. a fountain. 
 
 τήρ-α, «£, f 1. a sack, a 
 
 bug. 
 
 ττινακ-ί^, ί<5ο£, f. 3. a tablet. 
 
128 
 
 πίνω, tfwtf&j, xitfuxa, 2. a. 
 
 gtfjov, to drink. 
 «Ί'Τρά,σ'κω, tfpatfw, itgirpaxct, to 
 
 sell. 
 flfiVrcj, tfgVw, πεπτωχα, to 
 
 fall j f. m. tfcOOu/AGu, Dor. 
 
 for #ε<ϊΌμαι. 
 ηηύς-εύ-ω, rfw, <ir sir itfrevxa ; to 
 
 believe, trust. 
 flriVr -κ, εω<τ, f. 3. faith, be 
 
 lief, 
 flrafavfe, ή, όν, faithful, true. 
 Πιτ7ακ-ό^, ου, m. 2. Pittacus. • 
 «rXar-os, εο£, n. 3. breadth, 
 
 width. From 
 «rXar-uV, εΓα, υ, broad, wide. 
 rfXtitfr.-os, η, ov, most, great- 
 est ; super, from <ι?ο\ύς. 
 «ίτλεί-ων, ov, g. ονο?, adj. more, 
 
 greater ; comp. of rfokug. 
 ίτΧέκ-ω, ξω, τενΧεχα, to 
 
 weave, twine. 
 <λεονεξί-α, ας, f. 1. avarice; 
 
 from •7τλεον, full, and εχω. 
 «τλε -o's, ά, όν, full. 
 <?τλη^-ο£, εο<τ, ους, n. 3. a mul- 
 titude ; from ^τλ^ω, to fill. 
 -n'Xijv, adv. besides, except, 
 τλήρ-ϊκ, ε$, g. εο£, adj. full : 
 
 from «ττΧεό^. Hence 
 
 πΧουτί-ζω, rfw, «wXaunxa, to 
 
 enrich. From 
 <ττλου7-ο£, on. m. 2. wealth, 
 
 riches. Hence 
 IIXouV -ων, ojvo^, m. 3. Pluto. 
 τνευμ-α, ot<ro£, n. 3. a spirit, 
 
 wind ; from #νε'ω, to blow. 
 tfoSs'v, adv. whence. 
 tfoi -έω, ω, Vw, ^ετοίηκα, to do, 
 
 make. 
 «Ταιμ-ήν, ε'νο£, m. 3. a shep- 
 herd ; from «πύω, to feed. 
 4Γολεα-ε'ω, ώ 7 ήο"ω, τετΤοΧε'μηκα, 
 
 to wage war ; from tfo'Xs- 
 
 μο£. 
 *ΌΧεμικ-0£, ή, ov, warlike. 
 Ατολεμι-ο^,α,ον, hostile,(subst.) 
 
 an enemy. From 
 <ττόΧεμ-ο£, on. m. 2. war, a 
 
 battle. 
 «roX-is, εω£, f. 3. a city, state. 
 
 Hence 
 ττοΧίτευμ-α, α7ο$, n. 3. the 
 
 government of a state. 
 <7τολπ--η£, ou. m. 1. a citizen ; 
 
 from ffoXiff. 
 #οΧΧάκΐ£, adv. often, fre- 
 quently. 
 «n-oXu, adv. much, very 
 
 much. 
 
 #Χηρ-όω, ω, wtfw, <7Γε•7τΧήρωκα, 
 
 to fill, supply. 
 αγΧοΓ -ov, ου, n. 2. a vessel, a 
 
 boat ; from #Χε'ω, to sail. 
 tfXoutft-os, a, ov, rich j fr#m 
 
 9rXoOVo£. 
 
 Άτολυμαδ-ί?, S£, g. ε'ο£, adj. 
 
 learned ; from α-ολυ and 
 
 μαν^άνω, to learn. 
 toX-Ji, Χή, u, much, many. 
 Ατολυτελ-ή^, ες, g. έο£, adj. 
 
 costly, very precious ; 
 
129 
 
 from ηΐολύ and τέλος, ex- 
 pense. 
 
 «Όνηρ -oV, a, dv, bad, wicked, 
 (subst.) the devil. 
 
 itov -ος, m. 2. labor. 
 
 <rov7-o$, ou. m. 2. the sea. 
 
 #ορε;-α, ας, f. 1. a way ; from 
 tfopsuw, to pass. 
 
 «Όρεύομαι, f. m. itopsv^oyai, 
 ^ετόρευμαί ; to go, de- 
 part. 
 
 Πο^είά-ων, ωνο£, m. 3. Nep- 
 tune, the god of the sea. 
 
 itia -og, η, ον, how much ? 
 how great ? from oVo£. 
 
 ποταμ-ός, ου, m. 2. a river. 
 
 4Γο7ε, adv. once, hereafter. 
 
 του, adv. where. 
 
 tfoug, Togo's, m. 3. a foot. 
 
 τρα^/μ-α, α7ο£, n. 3. a. thing, 
 an affair. 
 
 ^ραξ -ig, sug, f. 3. an act, an 
 action. From 
 
 tfpoWtfw or ττω, ξω, it sir ράγα. 
 to do, to perform. 
 
 tfpa -υνω, ΰ'νώ, ^ε^ράϋ^κα, to 
 calm, make mild ; from 
 ΊΤραύς, mild. 
 
 arpstf/3-sfe, εω£, m. 3. an am- 
 bassador. 
 
 tfps<?£-u£, υ, g. uo£ or εο£, adj. 
 old, ancient. Hence super, 
 and comp. 
 
 πρεΰξύτατος,Ύ), ov, oldest, most 
 ancient. 
 
 ιτρεΰζύΊερος, a, ov, older, πρεσ- 
 
 βύτεροι, pi. the presbyters, 
 or teachers. 
 
 itps<f£UT-rig, ou, m. 1. an old 
 man ; from itputiSvg. 
 
 i"po, prep, before, on account 
 of. 
 
 #ρό§ατ-ον, ou, n. 2. a sheep. 
 
 ΑΓρο-<$/ίωμι, ίώαΌ), 6ε'6ωκα, to 
 betray ; from tfpo #rid Si- 
 δωμι. 
 
 9τροδότ-η^, ou, m. 1. a traitor; 
 from the same. 
 
 «rpoSu/xoVsp-os, a, ov, more 
 eager ; comp. of τρό^υμο^, 
 eager ; from itpo and %νμος, 
 the mind. 
 
 νρο^ύμως,&άν. eagerly ; from 
 the same. 
 
 ΠροΗ-ή, ης, f. 1. Proca. 
 
 itpog, prep, to, towards, from. 
 
 itpog-avaitXatfou or ττω, ανα- 
 κλάσω ; to add superflu- 
 ously ; from itpog, ανά, and 
 «π-λάσΌΌο, to form. 
 
 ^ρος-δεχομαι, όεξομα/, (^ε^- 
 μα<, to admit, receive, wait 
 for ; from itpog and δ άγομαι. 
 
 «ττροα'ευχή, %, f. 1. a prayer, 
 entreaty, a place for pray- 
 er. 
 
 itpotixaip-og, ov, g. ou. adj. tem- 
 porary ; from itpog and και- 
 ρός time. 
 
 tfpoVw, adv. before, beyond. 
 
 flrpora-tftfco or ττω, ξω, it ροΊ ύ- 
 ταχα, to place before, to 
 
130 
 
 appoint ; from #ρό and 
 
 *po<patf-i£, έως, f. 3. a pre- 
 tence, indication ; from *rpo- 
 φημ», to predict. 
 
 χροφηΊ-νίς, ου, m. 1. a pro- 
 phet ; from tfpo, before, and 
 φημί, to speak. 
 
 ΆΤρο-φερω, o'/tfw, 1. a. ψόγχα, 
 to bring forward ; from 
 *7rpo and φέρω. 
 
 <ρωτον, adv. first, at first ; 
 from tfpo, 
 
 tfpCfl -ος, η, ov, first ; super, of 
 flrpo, tfpo7spo£. 
 
 rf<njv-0£, ή, o'v, winged. 
 
 *τω-χρς, ή, όν, poor. 
 
 Πυ^α^όρ-ας, ου, m. 1. Pytha- 
 goras. 
 
 «ιτυλ-η, η$, f. 1. a door, 
 gate. 
 
 «τυν&άνομαι, «^ίύ^ομαι, ncitivd- 
 μαι, to ask, enquire. 
 
 #υραμ-ΐ£, ίδο$, f. 3. a pyra- 
 mid. From 
 
 Cup, «jfupoV, n. 3. a fire. 
 
 "Τωλ-εω, ω, ήα'ω, «ττε^ώληκα, to 
 sell. 
 
 *rw£, adv. how ? in what 
 manner? 
 
 Ρ 
 
 'Ρά&-ο£, α, ov, easy, inclined 
 
 to. 
 
 |α£υμί-α, as, f. 1. sloth, neg- 
 
 ligence ; from |ά$υμο£, re* 
 
 miss. 
 |ευμ-α, ατο£, π. 3. a current, 
 
 stream ; from |sw, to flow. 
 
 5?μ-α, α7ο£, π. 3. a word, 
 
 saying ; from the same. 
 £ήτ-ωρ, οροί, m. 3. an orator ; 
 
 from the same. 
 έ'£-α> *)£» f. 1. a root. 
 ΤωμαΓ-ο£, α, ov, Roman. 
 
 From 
 Τώμ-η, ofjff, f. 1. Rome. 
 
 Ρωμύλ-ο£, ou, m. 2. Romu* 
 
 lus. 
 
 ΣσΧαμ-ίς, ίνος, f. 3. Sala- 
 mis. 
 
 ΣαρδανάτϊοΧ-ος, ου, m. 2. Sar- 
 danapalus. 
 
 tfapg, tfapxoV, f. 3. flesh. 
 
 tfau7ou, of thyself; for tfcau- 
 7cu. 
 
 tfacp-fe, ££, g. ε'ο£, adj. sure, 
 manifest. 
 
 ο^εατ-ου, Sjs, ou, pron. of thy- 
 self. 
 si -ω, σω, tfstfsixa, to shake. 
 
 ίίεμνό7ερ-ο£, a, ov, more ve- 
 nerable ; comp. of σεμνός, 
 venerable. 
 
 ο'ημαντρ-ον, ου, n. 2. a seal; 
 from σήμα, a sign. 
 
 (ίημεΓ-ον, ou» n. 2. a mark, 
 sign, miracle. 
 
131 
 
 <7ί5ηρ-ο£, ου, m. 2. iron. 
 
 2ικελί-α, ας, f. 1. Sicily. 
 
 (Γίνη^-ι, ε«£, η. 3. mustard. 
 
 dxavSaXi -ζω, tfw, ένκανδάλικα, 
 to offend. 
 
 *κην-ή, 5fe, f. 1. a tent, booth. 
 
 tfjtop-r-i^w, i'Cgj, εα'κόρ-ττικα, to 
 scatter. 
 
 tf*o7*iv-o£, ή, ov, dark, ob 
 genre. 
 
 (Τκοτί-α, α£, f. 1. darkness. 
 
 tfxor -ίζω, itfw, itixonxu, to 
 darken. 
 
 CxoV-og, εος, ους, η. 3. dark- 
 ness. 
 
 2κυ£-η£, ou, m. 1. a Scythian. 
 
 2όλ-ων, ωνος, m. 3. Solon. 
 
 <ro-o£, ή, ov, safe, secure. 
 
 όός, Crj, tfo'v, thine, yours. 
 
 αΌφί-α, ct£, f. 1. wisdom. 
 
 2οφοκλ-%, εο£. m. 3. Sopho- 
 cles. 
 
 όοφ-ός, ή, ov, wise, (subst.) a 
 Sage. 
 
 <Το<ρώ7α7-ο£, η, ov, wisest, su- 
 per, of όοφος. 
 
 (ίοφωτΒρ-ος, α, ov, wiser,comp 
 of όοφός. 
 
 2#άρ-τα or 2<7Ταρ-τη, τη£, f. 1 
 Sparta 
 
 tfTouJuov, ou, n. 2. the sta- 
 dium, a race-ground. 
 
 oVaup -όω, ω, ώ(Γω, εο^αύρωκα, 
 to crucify ; from oVaupo's, a 
 cross. 
 
 Φτέφαν-ος, ou, m. 2. a crown. 
 
 .f -τόμ-α, α7ο$, n. 3. the mouth. 
 
 (τ7ράτδυμ-α, α7ο£, n. 3. an ar- 
 my. From 
 
 αΥρατ-εύω, ευο'ω,έ 1 0'τρά7ευκα, to 
 make war ; from oVpcwos. 
 
 0V£a7i-a, as, f. 1. an army. 
 
 ύτξουηωΙ-ης, ou, m. 1. a sol- 
 dier. 
 
 βν^ατοίτεδεό-ω, #ω, JflVfaro- 
 «ττε'δευκα, to make an en- 
 campment ; from <r7pa<ro'- 
 «ττεοον, a camp. 
 
 oVjar-o's, ou, m. 2. an army. 
 
 (Ττ^έ-φω, ψω, έστρεφα, to turn, 
 wind. 
 
 oVgouSi-ov, ou, n. 2. a spar- 
 row. 
 
 tfTjwvvuw, σίρώο^ω, to spread, 
 scatter ; from <?7ορεω, to 
 strew. 
 
 tfu. gen. tfou, pron. thou, 
 
 you. 
 . όυγγεν-ης, ες, g. ύος, adj. akin, 
 related ; from Cuv and ^ε'νο^, 
 
 ιΤ^είρω, cVspw, εαναρκα, to a family. 
 
 sow. tfuy -καλεω, ω, καλήσΌο, κε- 
 
 βΆτονδ-ή, Sfe, f. 1. a treaty, κληκα, to call together ; 
 
 league. from tfuv and καλέω. to 
 
 tf<jrou<5-(x£w, a(fw, έν^ούδακα, to 
 hasten. 
 
 call. 
 οΛ^-χαίρω, χαρώ, κέχα^κα, to 
 
132 
 
 rejoice together ; from <fuv 
 and χα^ω, to rejoice, 
 ^υλ-άω or εω, ήα'ω, β'εα'υληκα. 
 to rob, plunder ; from σΊίλη 
 a booty, 
 ο^λ-λαμβάνω, f. m. λήψομαι, 
 2. a. eWXaSov, to take up, 
 to seize ; from Cuv and 
 λαμβάνω, to take. 
 
 #υμ-§άλλω, βα\ω, /3ε'§ληκα, 
 2. a. CuvgSaXov, to attack ; 
 from tfuv and βάλλω. 
 
 ό'υμ-μαχ-ε'ω, ω, ήσ'ω, to give 
 aid in battle ; (Τυμμάχομαι 
 and σΊιμμαχε'ομαι, to have 
 an ally in war ; from tfuv 
 and μάχομαι. 
 
 σύμμαχ-ο£, ou, m. 2. a fellow- 
 soldier, an ally; from tfuv 
 and μάχομαι. 
 
 σ^μ^ολίτ-η^, ου, m. 1. a fellow 
 citizen ; from cuv and iro\l 
 τ-ης, a citizen. 
 
 £υμ<ρορ-ά, ας, f. 1. a misfor- 
 tune ; from tfuv and φορέω 
 to heap up. 
 
 tfuv, prep, with : as an adv 
 together. 
 
 ύοναγωγ -r^ ης, f. 1. a syna- 
 gogue, an assembly ; from 
 (fuv, together, and άγω iu 
 go. 
 
 tfuvaSrpoi -^ω, tfw, tfuv^Srpoixa, 
 to assemble, collect togeth- 
 er ; from <fuv and ά^ξοός, 
 collected. 
 
 tfuvavr -άω, ω, ήο'ω, to meet, 
 to meet with ; from Cuv and 
 άντάω, to meet. 
 ΰυνείδηΰ-ις, εως, f. 3. con- 
 science, the testimony of 
 one's own mind ; from tfuv- 
 έιίέω, to know one's self, 
 (ίύνειμι, (of tfuv and ε?μ|) to 
 be with, associate with, see 
 ειμί. 
 ο*υν-ε£χομαι, ελε^σΌμαι, 2. a. 
 act, tfuv^XSov, to collect, to 
 concur• in a measure; from 
 (fuv and εύχομαι. 
 tfuvstf-is, sw$, f. 3. prudence, 
 wisdom ; from συνίημι, to 
 perceive, understand. 
 <Τυνεχ-ω£, adv. constantly. 
 όΊινή£-η£, g. εο£, adj. usual, 
 ο'υν-ό^ομαι, 1 . a. pass, ώς&ην, 
 to see together, to see at 
 once. 
 ο'υνουϊί-α, ας, f. 1 . intercourse : 
 
 from οΊίνειμι. 
 (Τυν-τί^ημι, StjGOj, τε'^εικα, to 
 regulate ; in the passive } to 
 agree, to make a treaty ; 
 from tfjv and τί^ημι. 
 Ιι^ακούονοι, αι, α, pi. belong 
 ing to Syracuse. 
 4ύ<5χι-ος, ov, g. ou. adj. shady. 
 <ίφαΧεξ~6ς, a, ov, dangerous. 
 <fya-<f<Su or <τ•τω, ξω, to kill, 
 
 slaughter. 
 ΰφξαγϊ-ζω, (ϊω, έόφξάγιχα, to 
 seal j from όφξαγίζ, a seal. 
 
138 
 
 ίΓχολάοτικ-ος, ου, m. 2. a sim -Ιτε, and, both ; a copulative 
 pleton. conjunction, following in 
 
 (χώ-ξω, (Τω, (fsrfuxa, to save. 
 Σωκράτ-ης, εος, οΰς, m. 3. 
 
 Socrates. 
 <Τωμ-α, ατός, η. 3. a body. 
 tfw -ος, ov, tfwou, adj. safe 
 
 safe and sound. 
 όωτ'-ηρ, τ,ρος, m. 3. a savior, 
 
 order the word which it 
 
 connects. 
 τείνω, τενω, τε'7ακα, to stretch 
 
 out, extend. 
 τε?χ-ος, εος, n. 3. a wall, or 
 
 fortification. 
 τεκν-ον, ου, n. 2. a child, a 
 
 <Τωτ^ρ<-α, ας, f. 1. salvation, young animal. 
 <ΤωφροοΊ/'ν-η, ης, f. 1. pru-jriXsi-og, a, ov, finished, per- 
 
 dence, wisdom, 
 (ftoppwv, ov, g. όνος, adj. wise. 
 discreet ; from ίόος, safe, 
 and φρ-<)ν, mind. 
 
 Τάν7αλ-ος, ου, m. 2. Tanta- 
 lus. 
 
 rog -ις, εως, f. 3. order, the 
 act of placing or arrang- 
 ing, a rank, legion ; from 
 τάσΌ*ω. 
 
 TapoWtfoj, ξω, τετάραχα ; to 
 trouble, disturb. 
 
 ToVtftfa) or ττω, |ω, τάτα,γχα, 
 to place, arrange. 
 
 ταΰρ-ος, ου, m. 2. a bull, a 
 sign of the zodiac, a man's 
 name, Taurus. 
 
 ταφ-ή, Sjs, € 1. a burial, in- 
 terment. 
 
 ταχυν-ω, ω, τε7άχυ^κα, to 
 hasten, to render rapid 
 from ταχύς, swift. 
 
 feet. 
 
 τελέσω, ω, ω<τω, χα, to com- 
 plete, perfect, finish. 
 τελευταΓον, adv. finally, at 
 
 last, lastly, probably; neut. 
 
 of τελευταίος, at the end. 
 τελευ7-άω, ώ, ήο*ω, τετελεύ- 
 
 τηχα, to finish, to seize, to 
 
 die. 
 τελ-έω, ω, s'tfw, τετέλεκα, to 
 
 finish, bring to an end ; 
 
 from τέλος. 
 τέλλω, obsol. f. τελώ, 1. a. 
 
 Ιτειλα, to make, to arise. 
 τε'λ-ος, εος, η. 3. an end or 
 
 conclusion. 
 τέμνω, τεμω, τετ/Αηχα, to cut, 
 
 cleave, divide, 2. a. ί-ταμον. 
 τε£-ας, α7ος, n. 3. a sign, 
 
 omen, prodigy, a meteor. 
 τε>ψ-!£, εω£, f. 3. delight, the 
 
 pleasure which any thing 
 
 affords. 
 
 ε'βναρ-ες, ρα, four. 
 τε77-ιξ, r/oc, m.3. pi. τύττιγες, 
 
134 
 
 a winged insect, like a 
 
 locust, grasshopper, or 
 
 cricket, 
 τέχ-υη, γης, f. 1. an art, or 
 
 trade, a- work of art. 
 τηλι-κου7ο£, καύτη, κουΐο or 
 
 κουτον ; as great as, such 
 
 as ; declined like ou7o£. 
 τηρ-έω, ω, rjtfto, τ el 'ή ρηκα, to 
 
 keep, to preserve. 
 τί^ημι, $ή#ω, τε'^εικα, to 
 
 place, to put, to lay in 
 
 order, 
 τιμ-άω, ω, ή(Γω, τετίμ,ηκα, to 
 
 honor, do honor to, esteem, 
 
 From 
 τιμί, η?, f. 1. honor, respect 
 
 reverence. Hence 
 «πμι-ο£, α, ov, honorable, 
 
 dear, precious ; comp. 
 τιμίώτερ-ο£, α, ov, more honor-, 
 
 able, more precious, 
 πμωρ-έω, ω, vjtfw, τετιμώρηκα, 
 
 to punish ; from τιμωρός, 
 
 an avenger, 
 «rfe, s-ij g• tivo£, interrogative 
 
 pron. who ? what ? 
 ^fej *"'> g• «voff, indefinite 
 
 pron. some one, a certain 
 
 one. 
 τιτράω, τρη&ω, to bore ; from 
 
 τράω, to pierce, 
 τιτρώίκω, Tgwtfeo, 1. a. pass. 
 
 ετ^ώ^ην, to wound, hurt. 
 τοι-όίΤδε, άδε, όνδε, of the same 
 
 kind, such ; from τοΤος, 
 
 such, and δε', used as an 
 
 affix. 
 τοίοΰΊ-ος, τοιαύ7η,τοιου7ο, such, 
 
 of this kind ; (decl. like 
 
 ou7o£ ;) from τοΓο£, such, 
 
 and oiftos he. 
 τοΓχ-οί:, ου, m. 2. a wall, fence, 
 
 flank of an army. 
 ■τοξευ-ω, tfw, to shoot with a 
 
 bow and arrows ; from 
 
 τόξου, a bow. 
 roV-o£, ου, m. 2. a place, 
 
 space, country. 
 -ToflOu7o£, τοαΌυ7η, τοαΌυ7ο, so 
 
 great, so many ; as great, 
 
 as little ; from τόΌχ, so 
 
 great, and ou7o<r. 
 τότε, adv. then, at that time, 
 
 τοτε 9 sometimes ; from He. 
 ΓρεΓ^, τρία, three. 
 τρε-^ω,. ψω, τετραφα, 2. a. 
 
 ετραπΌν ; to turn, put to 
 
 flight, 
 τρε'φω, ^ρέψω, τέ7ραφα ; to 
 
 feed, nourish ; bring up. 
 τρίάκον7α, adj. (not declined) 
 
 thirty. 
 τρίξ-ος, ου, f. 2. a path, or 
 
 road. From 
 τρί-ξω, ψω, τετρκρα, to rub, 
 
 to grind small. 
 τριηρ -fe, g'og, f. 3. a galley, 
 
 a ship ; from έρε'α'ο'ω, to 
 
 row. t 
 
 Τρ/καρήνι-α, as, f. 1 . Tricare 
 
 nia, a citv. 
 
135 
 
 τριχάρψ-ος, ov, g. ου. adj.: 
 three headed ; also belong-l 
 ing to Tricarenia. 
 
 <rpixsyaJh-og, ov, g. ou. adj. 
 three headed ; from <τρ5Ϊς 
 and κεφαλή. 
 
 <τρίτ-ος, η, ov, the third ; from 
 τρεις. 
 
 TpoVaj-ov, ou, n. 2. a monu 
 merit set up for the rpotfij 
 (turning) i. e. of an ene 
 my, 
 
 «-ροφ-ή, 5js, f. 1. food, nourish- 
 ment. 
 
 τρυφ-ή, ης 9 f. 1. luxury, sen- 
 suality. 
 
 τρώγω, f. m. «τρώγομαι, per. 
 act. τ5?^ωχα, 2. a. s^a^/ov, 
 to gnaw upon, to eat, de 
 vour. 
 
 τυπ-ος, ou, m. 2. a mark, pat- 
 tern, type. From 
 
 «tuV-7oj, •ψω, ς-ε'7υφα, to strike, 
 to beat. 
 
 rufavv-fe, ίδος, f. 3. tyranny, 
 unjust dominion. From 
 
 «rupavv-o£, ou, m. and f. 2. a 
 tyrant, a king, a queen. 
 
 Tupios, a, ov, Tyrian, of or 
 belonging to Tyre. 
 
 Τόρ -os, ou, f. 2. Tyre, a city. 
 
 <τυφλ-0£, ή, όν, blind, obscure. 
 
 ignorant. 
 <τύχ-η, y]g, f. 1. fortune : 
 chance, misfortune, 
 
 'ΎγΙει-α, ας, f. 1. good health, 
 soundness ; from ύγιης, εος, 
 sound. 
 
 γρ-ός, ά, ov, wet, damp ; 
 from ΰω, to rain. 
 
 ύδρεύ-ω, <Τω, to provide or 
 fetch water. From 
 
 ύδωρ, υδαίος, n. 3. water. 
 
 vUog, ου, m. 2. a son, off- 
 spring. 
 
 υλ-η, Ύ\ς, f. 1. wood, a ma- 
 terial of which any thing 
 is made. 
 
 υμέτερ-οίτ, a, ov, your, yours ; 
 from tfu, thou. 
 
 υ^τ-ακουω. ccxouVgj, ήκουκα ; to 
 listen submissively, to ad- 
 mit. 
 
 υ'τταν-ίσΊημι, uVavitf7c^oti, to 
 rise from respect to one ; 
 to give place to ; from utfo, 
 άνά and iV /ημι. 
 
 υ^κτ-ερχομαι, to creep un- 
 der. 
 
 virsp, prep, for, above, 
 through. 
 
 υπερ-αϊξω, αξω, γιξχα, to ex- 
 cel, surpass ; from uVs'p 
 and αίξω, to raise. 
 
 ύ-βτιξβϊ-έω, ω, η(ϊω, υ^ηρ^ηκα, 
 to serve, to be under or- 
 ders. From 
 ό#η£εϊ-η£, ou, m. 1. a servant, 
 
136 
 
 £«rV-o£, ου, m. 2. sleep, reposebaivw, φάνω, #εφα^κα, to 
 
 in sleep. bring to light, to shine. 
 
 υ*ό, by, from, through. (pavsfws, adv. openly. 
 
 υνο-$εχομαί,όε'|ομαι, δέδεγμαι, 
 
 to receive, 
 υ^ό^ημ-α, ατό?, ή. 3. a shoe, 
 sandal : from ύ-ζό and <5ε'ω, 
 to tie. 
 υ^οχξΓΐ-Ύΐζ, ου, m. 1. a hypo- 
 crite ; one who feigns or 
 pretends. 
 υ^ο-λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, oVs»- 
 ληφα, to receive, take or 
 pillage. 
 υ-πΌ-με'νω, μένω, μεμε'νηκα, to 
 support, sustain, or endure; 
 from uiro and μένω. 
 υφ-α^λόω, α^λώ^ω, to spread 
 under ; 1. a. m. όφοΜτλωβ'ά- 
 ' μην, υφαττλώοΌ^ο τόν κολ«Όν j 
 spread open his bosom un- 
 derneath ; from Μ and 
 αΆτλόω, ω, to spread. 
 ύψηλ -fe, ή, ov, high, lofty ; 
 from υψο£, height, 
 ■ΰψιο'τ-οί, η, ov, highest, the 
 most high, super, from υψι, 
 adv. — comp. υψίων and 
 ύψίαΊ-εροί. 
 2ψ-ο£, εω£, n. 3. height. 
 
 Φ 
 
 Φάνω or φή/ω, 2. f. m. φάχο- 
 μαι for φα/ουμαι, 2. a. act. 
 εφαγον } to eat, devour. 
 
 ΦαρΐίΤαΓ-ο£,ου.ιη.2. a Pharisee, 
 φάρμακ-ον, ου, n. 2. a medi- 
 cine, remedy, an antidote. 
 ρερω, οί£ω, ένήνοχα, 1. aor. 
 ψβγχα, to bear, carry. It 
 borrows its tenses from ο'ί'ω, 
 ε'νε/κω, ενε/κω, and ένε'χω. 
 
 φευ^ω, f. οεύξομαι, πέφευγοι, 
 2. a. έφυχον, to flee, to put 
 to flight. 
 
 φτ^ί,φ'ηΰω, 2. a. Ι'φην, to say, 
 declare. 
 
 φθείρω, φ^ω, εφ§αξχοι 9 2. a. 
 έ"φ^α£ον, to lay waste, des- 
 troy. 
 
 Srov-o£, ου, m. 2. emy^ cen- 
 sure. 
 
 φιλαξγυξί-α, ας, f. 1 . avarice, 
 love of money ; from φίλος 
 and άξγυξος, silver. 
 
 φιλ-όω, ώ, ήα'ω, ^εφίληκα, to 
 love ; from φίλος. 
 
 φιλί-α, as, f. 1. friendship, 
 affection. 
 
 φΐλοχύνηγ-ος, ov, g. ου. adj, 
 
 fond of hunting and hounds. 
 ©ιλομα^-ήί, ε^, g. εο£, fond of 
 
 learning. 
 φίλος, η, ov, dear, beloved. 
 φίλ-ος, ου, in. 2. a friend. 
 φλόξ, φλογός, f. 3. a flame; 
 
 from φλέγω, to burn. 
 φο§-εω, ώ, 5j<fw, ττεφοβηκα. to 
 
137 
 
 terrify, — pres, m -φο δέομαι, 
 ουμαι, to fear. 
 
 φόξ-ος, ου, m. 2. fear, an- 
 guish. 
 
 Φοίνικες, ων, m. 3. pi. Phoeni- 
 cians. 
 
 Φοινίκ-η, r t g, f. 1. Phoenice. 
 Syria. 
 
 ΦοΓνι£, φοίνικος, m. 3. Phoe- 
 nician, Carthagenian. 
 
 φον-εύ£, έως, m. 3. a murderer 
 an assassin. 
 
 φορ-έω, ω, ή<?ω, ίτεφό^ηκα and 
 εκα, to bear or hold in the 
 hand. 
 
 φοξΊί-ον, ου, η. 2. a burden, 
 a load. 
 
 φρά-£ω, (Τω, κέφξαχα, to say, 
 relate. 
 
 φξκ-ΰόω or 77ω, ξω, πεφραχα., 
 to hedge around, forti- 
 
 <ppo'vg<r-i£, εως, f. 3. prudence, 
 good sense ; from φρονεω, 
 to have a sound mind. 
 
 φρόνη,α -ot, ατός, η. 3. will, 
 thought, sentiment. 
 
 φξόνιμ-ος, α, ov, g. ου. adj. pru- 
 dent, wise. Hence comp. 
 
 φξονιμώτεξ-ος, α, ov, mgre pru- 
 dent, wiser ; from φξονίς, 
 sense. 
 
 φυ^-η, ns, f. 1. flight, dispo- 
 sition to flee. 
 
 φυλακ-τ?, τ\ς, f. L custody, a 
 watch, a prison. From 
 
 φυΚά-Μω or 77ω, f ω,-τεφυλακίχ, 
 to guard, keep, defend. 
 
 φυοΊ-όω, ω, ωΰω, ΑτεφυσΊ'ωκα, to 
 puff up. 
 
 ^uiTig, εω£, f. 3. nature, cha- 
 racter, disposition. From 
 
 φύω or φύ,αι, φ^ω, ^εφυκα, to 
 produce, beget, grow. 
 
 Φωκ-ευ$, έως, m. 3. a Pho- 
 cian. 
 
 φων-η, της } f. 1. a voice, sound, 
 a saying, 
 
 <p£c, φωτόέ, η. 3. a light, fire» 
 a fireband ; from φάω, to 
 shine. 
 
 ώίεινός, ή, ov, light, clear, 
 shining ; from the same. 
 
 X 
 
 Χαίρω, χα^ω, κε'χαρ^α, to ΠΗ 
 joice, to be glad. 
 
 χα\$π~ός, ή, ov, cruel, mo- 
 rose, hard ; from χαλέιττω, 
 to hurt. 
 
 χαλκ -off, ου, m. 2. brass, cop- 
 per. 
 
 χαρ-ά, &, f. 1. joy, glad- 
 ness. 
 
 χαρακτ-^, vjpo^, m. 3. a cha- 
 racter, mark, seal. 
 
 χό-ξ-ΐζ) ΐίος, f. 3. grace, kind- 
 ness, thanks. 
 
 χειρ, χείξός, f. 3. the hand ? 
 the arm, a claw, or paw ; 
 from χω, to take hold. 
 
138 
 
 γειρίόΊ-ος, % ov, worst ; su- 
 per, of κακό^ bad. 
 
 χήρ-α, α£, f. 1 . a widow ; 
 
 ■ from χτιξοζ forsaken. 
 
 χορ-εύω, sutfco, to lead the 
 dance, to dance in a circle. 
 
 χράομαι, χρωμαι, χρίομαι, 1. 
 a. m. έχρηαΌΊμην, to make 
 use of, to borrow, to lend ; 
 from χράω, to lend. 
 
 χρημ-α, ocV, n. 3. a thing, 
 money ; from the same. 
 
 χρή<Γιμ-ο5 3 η, ov, useful, ad- 
 vantageous ; from the 
 same. 
 
 Xpq<fl-fc, η, ov, good, kind, 
 useful ; from the same. 
 Hence comp. 
 
 χρη<τ7ό7ερ-ο£, α, ov, better, 
 more useful. 
 
 XpiflV-os, ου, m. 2. Christ, 
 Me anointed; from χρίω, 
 to anoint. 
 
 χρόν-ο£, ου. m. 2. time, dura- 
 tion. 
 
 χρύΰ-εος, ou£, ε'α, η, εον, ουν, 
 (contracted) golden, made 
 of gold ; from xputfo's, gold. 
 
 χώμα, χώματος, n. 3. a heap, 
 mound, sepulchre. 
 
 χώρ-α, ct£, f. 1. a region, 
 countrv. 
 
 χωρΐ£, acl*r. apart, separate-'; 
 ly, without. 
 
 Ψευ<5-%, ες, g. έο£, adj. false, 
 lying. 
 
 ψευ$-ο£, sqs, n. 3, a lie, a fal- 
 sity. 
 
 ψογ-ο£, ou r m. 2. blame, re- 
 
 F V h • ' 
 Ψ υ λ 4 m> f• 1• life, the soul, 
 appetite. 
 
 Ω 
 
 "Ω, and ώ, adv. Oh. 
 
 %δε, adv. so, thus, in this 
 
 way. 
 ωδ-ή, %, f. l. an ode, a 
 
 poem! 
 ων, ojcra, ov, being ; pres. 
 
 part, of ειμί. 
 #g-a, «^ f. 1. an hour, a 
 
 season. 
 ώ$, adv. as, just as, how. 
 ως, conj. in like manner 
 
 as. 
 diovsf, adv. as, just as, 
 
 like. . 
 ώφελ-εω, ω, ήσΌύ, ώφέληκα, to 
 
 assist, to be useful. 
 
Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: July 2006 
 
 PreservationTechnologies 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
 (724)779-2111 
 
jBRAftf 
 
 OF CO! 
 
 ,NGRES S 
 
 003 
 
 03δ 
 
 3692 f